Comment translation in svdraw (part one)

28 files changed, 859 insertions, 1056 deletions

diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/sdrpagewindow.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/sdrpagewindow.cxx
index c8932b6fe85d..b592306eaccf 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/sdrpagewindow.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/sdrpagewindow.cxx
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ using namespace ::com::sun::star;
         }
         else
         {
-            // Printer und VirtualDevice, bzw. kein OutDev
+            // Printer and VirtualDevice, or rather: no OutDev
             uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > xFactory( ::comphelper::getProcessServiceFactory() );
             if( xFactory.is() )
             {
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ SdrPageWindow::SdrPageWindow(SdrPageView& rPageView, SdrPaintWindow& rPaintWindo
 
 SdrPageWindow::~SdrPageWindow()
 {
-    // #110094#, #i26631#
+    // #i26631#
     ResetObjectContact();
 
     if (mxControlContainer.is())
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ SdrPageWindow::~SdrPageWindow()
     }
 }
 
-// #110094# ObjectContact section
+// ObjectContact section
 sdr::contact::ObjectContact* SdrPageWindow::CreateViewSpecificObjectContact()
 {
     return new sdr::contact::ObjectContactOfPageView(*this);
 }
 
-// OVERLAYMANAGER
+// OVERLAY MANAGER
 ::sdr::overlay::OverlayManager* SdrPageWindow::GetOverlayManager() const
 {
     return GetPaintWindow().GetOverlayManager();
@@ -305,13 +305,13 @@ void SdrPageWindow::RedrawAll(sdr::contact::ViewObjectContactRedirector* pRedire
     const sal_Bool bPrinter(GetPaintWindow().OutputToPrinter());
     SetOfByte aProcessLayers = bPrinter ? mrPageView.GetPrintableLayers() : mrPageView.GetVisibleLayers();
 
-    // create PaintInfoRec, #114359# use Rectangle only temporarily
+    // create PaintInfoRec; use Rectangle only temporarily
     const Region& rRegion = GetPaintWindow().GetRedrawRegion();
 
     // create processing data
     sdr::contact::DisplayInfo aDisplayInfo;
 
-    // Draw all layers. do NOT draw form layer from CompleteRedraw, this is done separate
+    // Draw all layers. do NOT draw form layer from CompleteRedraw, this is done separately
     // as a single layer paint
     const SdrLayerAdmin& rLayerAdmin = rModel.GetLayerAdmin();
     const SdrLayerID nControlLayerId = rLayerAdmin.GetLayerID(rLayerAdmin.GetControlLayerName(), sal_False);
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ void SdrPageWindow::InvalidatePageWindow(const basegfx::B2DRange& rRange)
     }
 }
 
-// #110094# ObjectContact section
+// ObjectContact section
 sdr::contact::ObjectContact& SdrPageWindow::GetObjectContact() const
 {
     if(!mpObjectContact)
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/sdrpaintwindow.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/sdrpaintwindow.cxx
index 1afc4ac27cfe..1e0311b93939 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/sdrpaintwindow.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/sdrpaintwindow.cxx
@@ -130,10 +130,10 @@ void SdrPaintWindow::impCreateOverlayManager(const bool bUseBuffer)
             // decide which OverlayManager to use
             if(GetPaintView().IsBufferedOverlayAllowed() && mbUseBuffer)
             {
-                // buffered OverlayManager, buffers it's background and refreshes from there
+                // buffered OverlayManager, buffers its background and refreshes from there
                 // for pure overlay changes (no system redraw). The 3rd parameter specifies
-                // if that refresh itself will use a 2nd vdev to avoid flickering.
-                // Also hand over the evtl. existing old OverlayManager; this means to take over
+                // whether that refresh itself will use a 2nd vdev to avoid flickering.
+                // Also hand over the old OverlayManager if existent; this means to take over
                 // the registered OverlayObjects from it
                 mpOverlayManager = new ::sdr::overlay::OverlayManagerBuffered(GetOutputDevice(), pOldOverlayManager, true);
             }
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ void SdrPaintWindow::impCreateOverlayManager(const bool bUseBuffer)
             {
                 // unbuffered OverlayManager, just invalidates places where changes
                 // take place
-                // Also hand over the evtl. existing old OverlayManager; this means to take over
+                // Also hand over the old OverlayManager if existent; this means to take over
                 // the registered OverlayObjects from it
                 mpOverlayManager = new ::sdr::overlay::OverlayManager(GetOutputDevice(), pOldOverlayManager);
             }
@@ -170,11 +170,11 @@ void SdrPaintWindow::impCreateOverlayManager(const bool bUseBuffer)
         }
     }
 
-    // OverlayObjects are transfered for the evtl. newly created OverlayManager by handing over
+    // OverlayObjects are transfered for the in some cases newly created OverlayManager by handing over
     // at construction time
     if(pOldOverlayManager)
     {
-        // The old overlay manager is not used anymore and can be (has to be) deleted.
+        // The old overlay manager is not used any more and can be (has to be) deleted.
         delete pOldOverlayManager;
     }
 }
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdattr.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdattr.cxx
index 8739a446d875..18cf582ca115 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdattr.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdattr.cxx
@@ -52,11 +52,11 @@
 #include "editeng/xmlcnitm.hxx"
 
 #include <svx/svxids.hrc>
-#include <svx/xtable.hxx>    // fuer RGB_Color()
+#include <svx/xtable.hxx>    // for RGB_Color()
 #include "svx/svditext.hxx"
-#include <svx/svdmodel.hxx>  // fuer DEGREE_CHAR
+#include <svx/svdmodel.hxx>  // for DEGREE_CHAR
 #include <svx/svdtrans.hxx>
-#include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // Stringcache
+#include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // string cache
 #include "svx/svdstr.hrc"
 #include <svx/sdgcpitm.hxx>
 #include <editeng/adjitem.hxx>
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ using namespace ::com::sun::star;
 
 /*************************************************************************
 |*
-|* Konstruktor
+|* Constructor
 |*
 \************************************************************************/
 
@@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ SdrItemPool::SdrItemPool(
     sal_Bool bLoadRefCounts)
 :   XOutdevItemPool(_pMaster, SDRATTR_START, SDRATTR_END, bLoadRefCounts)
 {
-    // preapare some constants
+    // prepare some constants
     const Color aNullCol(RGB_Color(COL_BLACK));
     const XubString aEmptyStr;
-    const sal_Int32 nDefEdgeDist(500L); // Erstmal hart defaulted fuer Draw (100TH_MM). hier muss noch der MapMode beruecksichtigt werden.
+    const sal_Int32 nDefEdgeDist(500L); // Defaulting hard for Draw (100TH_MM) currently. MapMode will have to be taken into account in the future.
 
     // init the non-persistent items
     for(sal_uInt16 i(SDRATTR_NOTPERSIST_FIRST); i <= SDRATTR_NOTPERSIST_LAST; i++)
@@ -299,10 +299,8 @@ SdrItemPool::SdrItemPool(
     SvxBoxInfoItem* pBoxInfoItem = new SvxBoxInfoItem( SDRATTR_TABLE_BORDER_INNER );
 
     pBoxInfoItem->SetTable( sal_True );
-    pBoxInfoItem->SetDist( sal_True);        // Abstandsfeld immer anzeigen
-//  pBoxInfoItem->SetMinDist( sal_True );// Minimalgroesse in Tabellen und Absaetzen setzen
-//  pBoxInfoItem->SetDefDist( MIN_BORDER_DIST );// Default-Abstand immer setzen
-    pBoxInfoItem->SetValid( VALID_DISABLE, sal_True ); // Einzelne Linien koennen nur in Tabellen DontCare-Status haben
+    pBoxInfoItem->SetDist( sal_True);        // always show margin field
+    pBoxInfoItem->SetValid( VALID_DISABLE, sal_True ); // some lines may have DontCare state only in tables
 
     mppLocalPoolDefaults[ SDRATTR_TABLE_BORDER_INNER - SDRATTR_START ] =  pBoxInfoItem;
 //  mppLocalPoolDefaults[ SDRATTR_TABLE_BORDER_SHADOW - SDRATTR_START ] = new SvxShadowItem( SDRATTR_TABLE_BORDER_SHADOW );
@@ -327,7 +325,7 @@ SdrItemPool::SdrItemPool(
 
 /*************************************************************************
 |*
-|* copy ctor, sorgt dafuer, dass die static defaults gecloned werden
+|* copy ctor, so that static defaults are cloned
 |*            (Parameter 2 = sal_True)
 |*
 \************************************************************************/
@@ -350,7 +348,7 @@ SfxItemPool* SdrItemPool::Clone() const
 
 /*************************************************************************
 |*
-|* Destruktor
+|* Destructor
 |*
 \************************************************************************/
 
@@ -897,7 +895,7 @@ SfxItemPresentation SdrAngleItem::GetPresentation(
 
         if(bNull2)
         {
-            // keine Nachkommastellen
+            // no decimal place(s)
             rText.Erase(nLen-2);
         }
         else
@@ -960,7 +958,7 @@ bool SdrMetricItem::ScaleMetrics(long nMul, long nDiv)
     if (GetValue()!=0) {
         BigInt aVal(GetValue());
         aVal*=nMul;
-        aVal+=nDiv/2; // fuer korrektes Runden
+        aVal+=nDiv/2; // to round accurately
         aVal/=nDiv;
         SetValue(long(aVal));
     }
@@ -987,7 +985,7 @@ SfxItemPresentation SdrMetricItem::GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation ePres,
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Items des Legendenobjekts
+// items of the legend object
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 TYPEINIT1_AUTOFACTORY(SdrCaptionTypeItem,SfxEnumItem);
@@ -1348,7 +1346,7 @@ bool SdrTextAniAmountItem::ScaleMetrics(long nMul, long nDiv)
     if (GetValue()>0) {
         BigInt aVal(GetValue());
         aVal*=nMul;
-        aVal+=nDiv/2; // fuer korrektes Runden
+        aVal+=nDiv/2; // to round accurately
         aVal/=nDiv;
         SetValue(short(aVal));
         return sal_True;
@@ -1802,7 +1800,6 @@ bool SdrEdgeLine3DeltaItem::PutValue( const uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 /*nMemberI
 // Measure
 //++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 
-// MeasureKind
 TYPEINIT1_AUTOFACTORY(SdrMeasureKindItem,SfxEnumItem);
 
 SfxPoolItem* SdrMeasureKindItem::Clone(SfxItemPool* /*pPool*/) const            { return new SdrMeasureKindItem(*this); }
@@ -2004,7 +2001,6 @@ bool SdrMeasureUnitItem::PutValue( const uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 /*nMemberId*/
 // Circ
 //++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 
-// CircKind
 TYPEINIT1_AUTOFACTORY(SdrCircKindItem,SfxEnumItem);
 
 SfxPoolItem* SdrCircKindItem::Clone(SfxItemPool* /*pPool*/) const          { return new SdrCircKindItem(*this); }
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdcrtv.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdcrtv.cxx
index 3e5460895de5..ffb3185ef5ea 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdcrtv.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdcrtv.cxx
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 #include <svx/svdcrtv.hxx>
 #include "svx/xattr.hxx"
 #include <svx/svdundo.hxx>
-#include <svx/svdocapt.hxx> // Spezialbehandlung: Nach dem Create transparente Fuellung
+#include <svx/svdocapt.hxx> // special case: transparent filling after Create
 #include <svx/svdoedge.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpagv.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpage.hxx>
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ ImplConnectMarkerOverlay::ImplConnectMarkerOverlay(const SdrCreateView& rView, S
             pTargetOverlay->add(*pNew);
             maObjects.append(*pNew);
 
-            // gluepoints
+            // glue points
             if(rView.IsAutoVertexConnectors())
             {
                 for(sal_uInt16 i(0); i < 4; i++)
@@ -186,15 +186,7 @@ void ImpSdrCreateViewExtraData::HideOverlay()
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//   @@@@  @@@@@  @@@@@  @@@@  @@@@@@ @@@@@  @@ @@ @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//  @@  @@ @@  @@ @@    @@  @@   @@   @@     @@ @@ @@ @@    @@   @@
-//  @@     @@  @@ @@    @@  @@   @@   @@     @@ @@ @@ @@    @@ @ @@
-//  @@     @@@@@  @@@@  @@@@@@   @@   @@@@   @@@@@ @@ @@@@  @@@@@@@
-//  @@     @@  @@ @@    @@  @@   @@   @@      @@@  @@ @@    @@@@@@@
-//  @@  @@ @@  @@ @@    @@  @@   @@   @@      @@@  @@ @@    @@@ @@@
-//   @@@@  @@  @@ @@@@@ @@  @@   @@   @@@@@    @   @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//
+// CreateView
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
@@ -295,7 +287,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::CheckEdgeMode()
 {
     if (pAktCreate!=NULL)
     {
-        // wird vom EdgeObj gemanaged
+        // is managed by EdgeObj
         if (nAktInvent==SdrInventor && nAktIdent==OBJ_EDGE) return sal_False;
     }
 
@@ -306,7 +298,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::CheckEdgeMode()
     }
     else
     {
-        // sal_True heisst: MouseMove soll Connect checken
+        // sal_True, if MouseMove should check Connect
         return !IsAction();
     }
 }
@@ -347,7 +339,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::MouseMove(const MouseEvent& rMEvt, Window* pWin)
 
         if(pPV)
         {
-            // Defaultete Hit-Toleranz bei IsMarkedHit() mal aendern !!!!
+            // TODO: Change default hit tolerance at IsMarkedHit() some time!
             Point aPos(pWin->PixelToLogic(rMEvt.GetPosPixel()));
             sal_Bool bMarkHit=PickHandle(aPos)!=NULL || IsMarkedObjHit(aPos);
             SdrObjConnection aCon;
@@ -383,12 +375,11 @@ void SdrCreateView::SetCurrentObj(sal_uInt16 nIdent, sal_uInt32 nInvent)
 
         if(pObj)
         {
-            // Auf pers. Wunsch von Marco:
-            // Mauszeiger bei Textwerkzeug immer I-Beam. Fadenkreuz
-            // mit kleinem I-Beam erst bai MouseButtonDown
+            // Using text tool, mouse cursor is usually I-Beam,
+            // crosshairs with tiny I-Beam appears only on MouseButtonDown.
             if(IsTextTool())
             {
-                // #81944# AW: Here the correct pointer needs to be used
+                // Here the correct pointer needs to be used
                 // if the default is set to vertical writing
                 aAktCreatePointer = POINTER_TEXT;
             }
@@ -425,7 +416,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::ImpBegCreateObj(sal_uInt32 nInvent, sal_uInt16 nIdent, c
         pCreatePV = GetSdrPageView();
     }
     if (pCreatePV!=NULL)
-    { // ansonsten keine Seite angemeldet!
+    { // otherwise no side registered!
         String aLay(aAktLayer);
 
         if(nInvent == SdrInventor && nIdent == OBJ_MEASURE && aMeasureLayer.Len())
@@ -465,7 +456,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::ImpBegCreateObj(sal_uInt32 nInvent, sal_uInt16 nIdent, c
             {
                 if (pDefaultStyleSheet!=NULL) pAktCreate->NbcSetStyleSheet(pDefaultStyleSheet, sal_False);
 
-                // #101618# SW uses a naked SdrObject for frame construction. Normally, such an
+                // SW uses a naked SdrObject for frame construction. Normally, such an
                 // object should not be created. Since it is possible to use it as a helper
                 // object (e.g. in letting the user define an area with the interactive
                 // construction) at least no items should be set at that object.
@@ -485,18 +476,18 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::ImpBegCreateObj(sal_uInt32 nInvent, sal_uInt16 nIdent, c
                 if (nInvent==SdrInventor && (nIdent==OBJ_TEXT || nIdent==OBJ_TEXTEXT ||
                     nIdent==OBJ_TITLETEXT || nIdent==OBJ_OUTLINETEXT))
                 {
-                    // Fuer alle Textrahmen default keinen Hintergrund und keine Umrandung
+                    // default for all text frames: no background, no border
                     SfxItemSet aSet(pMod->GetItemPool());
-                    aSet.Put(XFillColorItem(String(),Color(COL_WHITE))); // Falls einer auf Solid umschaltet
+                    aSet.Put(XFillColorItem(String(),Color(COL_WHITE))); // in case someone turns on Solid
                     aSet.Put(XFillStyleItem(XFILL_NONE));
-                    aSet.Put(XLineColorItem(String(),Color(COL_BLACK))); // Falls einer auf Solid umschaltet
+                    aSet.Put(XLineColorItem(String(),Color(COL_BLACK))); // in case someone turns on Solid
                     aSet.Put(XLineStyleItem(XLINE_NONE));
 
                     pAktCreate->SetMergedItemSet(aSet);
                 }
                 if (!rLogRect.IsEmpty()) pAktCreate->NbcSetLogicRect(rLogRect);
 
-                // #90129# make sure drag start point is inside WorkArea
+                // make sure drag start point is inside WorkArea
                 const Rectangle& rWorkArea = ((SdrDragView*)this)->GetWorkArea();
 
                 if(!rWorkArea.IsEmpty())
@@ -584,7 +575,7 @@ void SdrCreateView::MovCreateObj(const Point& rPnt)
             else if (aDragStat.IsOrtho4Possible()) OrthoDistance4(aDragStat.GetPrev(),aPnt,IsBigOrtho());
         }
 
-        // #77734# If the drag point was limited and Ortho is active, do
+        // If the drag point was limited and Ortho is active, do
         // the small ortho correction (reduction) -> last parameter to FALSE.
         sal_Bool bDidLimit(ImpLimitToWorkArea(aPnt));
         if(bDidLimit && IsOrtho())
@@ -626,8 +617,8 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::EndCreateObj(SdrCreateCmd eCmd)
 
         if (nAnz<=1 && eCmd==SDRCREATE_FORCEEND)
         {
-            BrkCreateObj(); // Objekte mit nur einem Punkt gibt's nicht (zumindest noch nicht)
-            return sal_False; // sal_False=Event nicht ausgewertet
+            BrkCreateObj(); // objects with only a single point don't exist (at least today)
+            return sal_False; // sal_False = event not interpreted
         }
 
         sal_Bool bPntsEq=nAnz>1;
@@ -641,7 +632,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::EndCreateObj(SdrCreateCmd eCmd)
 
             if (!bPntsEq)
             {
-                // sonst Brk, weil alle Punkte gleich sind.
+                // otherwise Brk, because all points are equal
                 SdrObject* pObj=pAktCreate;
                 pAktCreate=NULL;
 
@@ -666,7 +657,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::EndCreateObj(SdrCreateCmd eCmd)
 
                 pObj->SetLayer(nLayer);
 
-                // #83403# recognize creation of a new 3D object inside a 3D scene
+                // recognize creation of a new 3D object inside a 3D scene
                 sal_Bool bSceneIntoScene(sal_False);
 
                 if(pObjMerk
@@ -695,7 +686,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::EndCreateObj(SdrCreateCmd eCmd)
                 }
 
                 pCreatePV=NULL;
-                bRet=sal_True; // sal_True=Event ausgewertet
+                bRet=sal_True; // sal_True = event interpreted
             }
             else
             {
@@ -703,10 +694,10 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::EndCreateObj(SdrCreateCmd eCmd)
             }
         }
         else
-        { // Mehr Punkte
-            if (eCmd==SDRCREATE_FORCEEND || // nix da, Ende erzwungen
-                nAnz==0 ||                             // keine Punkte da (kann eigentlich nicht vorkommen)
-                (nAnz<=1 && !aDragStat.IsMinMoved())) { // MinMove nicht erfuellt
+        { // more points
+            if (eCmd==SDRCREATE_FORCEEND || // nothing there -- force ending
+                nAnz==0 ||                             // no existing points (should never happen)
+                (nAnz<=1 && !aDragStat.IsMinMoved())) { // MinMove not met
                 BrkCreateObj();
             }
             else
@@ -714,7 +705,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrCreateView::EndCreateObj(SdrCreateCmd eCmd)
                 // replace for DrawCreateObjDiff
                 HideCreateObj();
                 ShowCreateObj();
-                aDragStat.ResetMinMoved(); // NextPoint gibt's bei MovCreateObj()
+                aDragStat.ResetMinMoved(); // NextPoint is at MovCreateObj()
                 bRet=sal_True;
             }
         }
@@ -776,8 +767,8 @@ void SdrCreateView::ShowCreateObj(/*OutputDevice* pOut, sal_Bool bFull*/)
             // overlay objects instead.
             sal_Bool bUseSolidDragging(IsSolidDragging());
 
-            // #i101648# check if dragged object is a naked SdrObject (no
-            // derivation of). This is e.g. used in SW Frame construction
+            // #i101648# check if dragged object is a naked SdrObject (not
+            // a derivation). This is e.g. used in SW Frame construction
             // as placeholder. Do not use SolidDragging for naked SDrObjects,
             // they cannot have a valid optical representation
             if(bUseSolidDragging && OBJ_NONE == pAktCreate->GetObjIdentifier())
@@ -854,7 +845,7 @@ void SdrCreateView::ShowCreateObj(/*OutputDevice* pOut, sal_Bool bFull*/)
                     aDragPolyPolygon = rPathObj.getDragPolyPolygon(aDragStat);
                 }
 
-                // use directly the SdrObject for overlay
+                // use the SdrObject directly for overlay
                 mpCreateViewExtraData->CreateAndShowOverlay(*this, pAktCreate, aDragPolyPolygon);
             }
             else
@@ -894,7 +885,6 @@ void SdrCreateView::HideCreateObj()
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
-/* new interface src537 */
 sal_Bool SdrCreateView::GetAttributes(SfxItemSet& rTargetSet, sal_Bool bOnlyHardAttr) const
 {
     if(pAktCreate)
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrag.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrag.cxx
index 6e79e2422420..478e8c39acaf 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrag.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrag.cxx
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ void SdrDragStat::NextPoint(bool bSaveReal)
 
 void SdrDragStat::PrevPoint()
 {
-    if (aPnts.Count()>=2) { // einer muss immer da bleiben
+    if (aPnts.Count()>=2) { // one has to remain at all times
         Point* pPnt=(Point*)(aPnts.GetObject(aPnts.Count()-2));
         aPnts.Remove(aPnts.Count()-2);
         delete pPnt;
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgm1.hxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgm1.hxx
index dd9ed18bc4c3..b45dde17729d 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgm1.hxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgm1.hxx
@@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ private:
     long                        nWink0;
     long                        nWink;
     double                      nTan;
-    bool                        bVertical;   // Vertikales verzerren
-    bool                        bResize;     // Shear mit Resize
-    bool                        bUpSideDown; // Beim Shear/Slant gespiegelt
+    bool                        bVertical;   // contort vertically
+    bool                        bResize;     // shear and resize
+    bool                        bUpSideDown; // mirror and shear/slant
     bool                        bSlant;
 
 public:
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ private:
     // Handles to work on
     SdrHdlGradient*             pIAOHandle;
 
-    // is this for gradient (or for transparence) ?
+    // is this for gradient (or for transparency)?
     unsigned                    bIsGradient : 1;
 
 public:
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx
index 933356774a48..b3f5d5c12673 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 #include <svx/svdmark.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdocapt.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpagv.hxx>
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // Namen aus der Resource
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // names taken from the resource
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // StringCache
 #include <svx/svddrgv.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdundo.hxx>
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ SdrDragEntryPrimitive2DSequence::SdrDragEntryPrimitive2DSequence(
 :   SdrDragEntry(),
     maPrimitive2DSequence(rSequence)
 {
-    // add parts to transparent overlay stuff eventually
+    // add parts to transparent overlay stuff if necessary
     setAddToTransparent(bAddToTransparent);
 }
 
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ void SdrDragMethod::createSdrDragEntries_SolidDrag()
                                 {
                                     // when dragging a 50% transparent copy of a filled or not filled object without
                                     // outline, this is normally hard to see. Add extra wireframe in that case. This
-                                    // works nice e.g. with thext frames etc.
+                                    // works nice e.g. with text frames etc.
                                     addSdrDragEntry(new SdrDragEntryPolyPolygon(pCandidate->TakeXorPoly()));
                                 }
                             }
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ void SdrDragMethod::applyCurrentTransformationToSdrObject(SdrObject& rTarget)
         double fRotate, fShearX;
         aObjectTransform.decompose(aScale, aTranslate, fRotate, fShearX);
 
-        // get polygon's pos and size
+        // get polygon's position and size
         const basegfx::B2DRange aPolyRange(aObjectPolyPolygon.getB2DRange());
 
         // get the scaling factors (do not mirror, this is in the object transformation)
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ void SdrDragMethod::applyCurrentTransformationToSdrObject(SdrObject& rTarget)
             -aPolyRange.getMinX(), -aPolyRange.getMinY()));
         aPolyTransform.scale(fScaleX, fScaleY);
 
-        // normally the poly should be moved back, but the translation is in the object
+        // normally the polygon should be moved back, but the translation is in the object
         // transformation and thus does not need to be done
         // aPolyTransform.translate(-aPolyRange.getMinX(), -aPolyRange.getMinY());
 
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ void SdrDragMethod::CreateOverlayGeometry(sdr::overlay::OverlayManager& rOverlay
         }
     }
 
-    // evtl add DragStripes (help lines cross the page when dragging)
+    // add DragStripes if necessary (help lines cross the page when dragging)
     if(getSdrDragView().IsDragStripes())
     {
         Rectangle aActionRectangle;
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ bool SdrDragMovHdl::BeginSdrDrag()
     {
         if (pH1==NULL || pH2==NULL)
         {
-            OSL_FAIL("SdrDragMovHdl::BeginSdrDrag(): Verschieben der Spiegelachse: Referenzhandles nicht gefunden");
+            OSL_FAIL("SdrDragMovHdl::BeginSdrDrag(): Moving the axis of reflection: reference handles not found.");
             return false;
         }
 
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ void SdrDragMovHdl::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rNoSnapPnt)
                 nSA=getSdrDragView().GetSnapAngle();
 
             if (getSdrDragView().IsMirrorAllowed(true,true))
-            { // eingeschraenkt
+            { // limited
                 if (!getSdrDragView().IsMirrorAllowed(false,false)) nSA=4500;
                 if (!getSdrDragView().IsMirrorAllowed(true,false)) nSA=9000;
             }
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ void SdrDragMovHdl::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rNoSnapPnt)
                 nSA=4500;
 
             if (nSA!=0)
-            { // Winkelfang
+            { // angle snapping
                 SdrHdlKind eRef=HDL_REF1;
 
                 if (GetDragHdl()->GetKind()==HDL_REF1)
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ void SdrDragMovHdl::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rNoSnapPnt)
                     double nCos=cos(a);
                     RotatePoint(aPnt,aRef,nSin,nCos);
 
-                    // Bei bestimmten Werten Rundungsfehler ausschliessen:
+                    // eliminate rounding errors for certain values
                     if (nSA==9000)
                     {
                         if (nNeuWink==0    || nNeuWink==18000) aPnt.Y()=aRef.Y();
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ bool SdrDragObjOwn::BeginSdrDrag()
         {
             if(pObj->beginSpecialDrag(DragStat()))
             {
-                // create nitial clone to have a start visualisation
+                // create initial clone to have a start visualization
                 mpClone = pObj->getFullDragClone();
                 mpClone->applySpecialDrag(DragStat());
 
@@ -1315,11 +1315,11 @@ bool SdrDragObjOwn::EndSdrDrag(bool /*bCopy*/)
             }
         }
 
-        // evtl. use opertator= for setting changed object data (do not change selection in
+        // Maybe use operator = for setting changed object data (do not change selection in
         // view, this will destroy the interactor). This is possible since a clone is now
         // directly modified by the modifiers. Only SdrTableObj is adding own UNDOs
-        // in it's SdrTableObj::endSpecialDrag, so currently not possible. OTOH it uses
-        // a CreateUndoGeoObject() so maybe setting SetEndDragChangesAttributes is okay. I
+        // in its SdrTableObj::endSpecialDrag, so currently not possible. OTOH it uses
+        // a CreateUndoGeoObject(), so maybe setting SetEndDragChangesAttributes is okay. I
         // will test this now
         Rectangle aBoundRect0;
 
@@ -1395,14 +1395,14 @@ TYPEINIT1(SdrDragMove,SdrDragMethod);
 
 void SdrDragMove::createSdrDragEntryForSdrObject(const SdrObject& rOriginal, sdr::contact::ObjectContact& rObjectContact, bool /*bModify*/)
 {
-    // for SdrDragMove, use current Primitive2DSequence of SdrObject visualisation
+    // for SdrDragMove, use current Primitive2DSequence of SdrObject visualization
     // in given ObjectContact directly
     sdr::contact::ViewContact& rVC = rOriginal.GetViewContact();
     sdr::contact::ViewObjectContact& rVOC = rVC.GetViewObjectContact(rObjectContact);
     sdr::contact::DisplayInfo aDisplayInfo;
 
     // Do not use the last ViewPort set at the OC from the last ProcessDisplay(),
-    // here we want the complete primitive sequence without visibility clippings
+    // here we want the complete primitive sequence without visible clippings
     rObjectContact.resetViewPort();
 
     addSdrDragEntry(new SdrDragEntryPrimitive2DSequence(rVOC.getPrimitive2DSequenceHierarchy(aDisplayInfo), true));
@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ void SdrDragMove::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rNoSnapPnt_)
             }
 
             if (aSR2.Left()>aLR.Left() || aSR2.Right()<aLR.Right())
-            { // ist ueberhaupt Platz zum verschieben?
+            { // any space to move to?
                 aSR2.Move(aD.X(),0);
 
                 if (aSR2.Left()<aLR.Left())
@@ -1558,10 +1558,10 @@ void SdrDragMove::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rNoSnapPnt_)
                 }
             }
             else
-                aPt1.X()=DragStat().GetStart().X(); // kein Platz zum verschieben
+                aPt1.X()=DragStat().GetStart().X(); // no space to move to
 
             if (aSR2.Top()>aLR.Top() || aSR2.Bottom()<aLR.Bottom())
-            { // ist ueberhaupt Platz zum verschieben?
+            { // any space to move to?
                 aSR2.Move(0,aD.Y());
 
                 if (aSR2.Top()<aLR.Top())
@@ -1574,11 +1574,11 @@ void SdrDragMove::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rNoSnapPnt_)
                 }
             }
             else
-                aPt1.Y()=DragStat().GetStart().Y(); // kein Platz zum verschieben
+                aPt1.Y()=DragStat().GetStart().Y(); // no space to move to
         }
 
         if (getSdrDragView().IsDraggingGluePoints())
-        { // Klebepunkte aufs BoundRect des Obj limitieren
+        { // restrict glue points to the BoundRect of the Obj
             aPt1-=DragStat().GetStart();
             const SdrMarkList& rML=GetMarkedObjectList();
             sal_uLong nMarkAnz=rML.GetMarkCount();
@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ void SdrDragMove::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rNoSnapPnt_)
                         if (nGlueNum!=SDRGLUEPOINT_NOTFOUND)
                         {
                             Point aPt((*pGPL)[nGlueNum].GetAbsolutePos(*pObj));
-                            aPt+=aPt1; // soviel soll verschoben werden
+                            aPt+=aPt1; // move by this much
                             if (aPt.X()<aBound.Left()  ) aPt1.X()-=aPt.X()-aBound.Left()  ;
                             if (aPt.X()>aBound.Right() ) aPt1.X()-=aPt.X()-aBound.Right() ;
                             if (aPt.Y()<aBound.Top()   ) aPt1.Y()-=aPt.Y()-aBound.Top()   ;
@@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ bool SdrDragRotate::BeginSdrDrag()
     }
     else
     {
-        OSL_FAIL("SdrDragRotate::BeginSdrDrag(): Kein Referenzpunkt-Handle gefunden");
+        OSL_FAIL("SdrDragRotate::BeginSdrDrag(): No reference point handle found.");
         return false;
     }
 }
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ void SdrDragRotate::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt_)
             nSA=9000;
 
         if (nSA!=0)
-        { // Winkelfang
+        { // angle snapping
             nNeuWink+=nSA/2;
             nNeuWink/=nSA;
             nNeuWink*=nSA;
@@ -2102,8 +2102,8 @@ void SdrDragRotate::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt_)
 
             nWink=nNeuWink;
             double a=nWink*nPi180;
-            double nSin1=sin(a); // schonmal berechnen, damit mgl. wenig Zeit
-            double nCos1=cos(a); // zwischen Hide() und Show() vergeht
+            double nSin1=sin(a); // calculate now, so as little time as possible
+            double nCos1=cos(a); // passes between Hide() and Show()
             Hide();
             nSin=nSin1;
             nCos=nCos1;
@@ -2203,7 +2203,7 @@ bool SdrDragShear::BeginSdrDrag()
     }
     else
     {
-        OSL_FAIL("SdrDragShear::BeginSdrDrag(): Kein Referenzpunkt-Handle fuer Shear gefunden");
+        OSL_FAIL("SdrDragShear::BeginSdrDrag(): No reference point handle for shearing found.");
         return false;
     }
 
@@ -2249,12 +2249,12 @@ void SdrDragShear::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt)
         Point aPnt(rPnt);
         Fraction aNeuFact(1,1);
 
-        // Wenn kein Winkelfang, dann ggf. Rasterfang (ausser bei Slant)
+        // if angle snapping not activated, snap to raster (except when using slant)
         if (nSA==0 && !bSlant)
             aPnt=GetSnapPos(aPnt);
 
         if (!bSlant && !bResize)
-        { // Shear ohne Resize
+        { // shear, but no resize
             if (bVertical)
                 aPnt.X()=aP0.X();
             else
@@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ void SdrDragShear::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt)
                 Point aPt2(aPnt);
 
                 if (nSA!=0)
-                    aPt2=GetSnapPos(aPnt); // den also in jedem Falle fangen
+                    aPt2=GetSnapPos(aPnt); // snap this one in any case
 
                 if (bVertical)
                 {
@@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ void SdrDragShear::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt)
             nNeuWink=-nNeuWink;
 
         if (nSA!=0)
-        { // Winkelfang
+        { // angle snapping
             nNeuWink+=nSA/2;
             nNeuWink/=nSA;
             nNeuWink*=nSA;
@@ -2317,15 +2317,15 @@ void SdrDragShear::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt)
         bUpSideDown=nNeuWink>9000 && nNeuWink<27000;
 
         if (bSlant)
-        { // Resize fuer Slant berechnen
-            // Mit Winkelfang jedoch ohne 89deg Begrenzung
+        { // calculate resize for slant
+            // when angle snapping is activated, disable 89 degree limit
             long nTmpWink=nNeuWink;
             if (bUpSideDown) nNeuWink-=18000;
             if (bNeg) nTmpWink=-nTmpWink;
             bResize=true;
             double nCos=cos(nTmpWink*nPi180);
             aNeuFact=nCos;
-            Kuerzen(aFact,10); // 3 Dezimalstellen sollten reichen
+            Kuerzen(aFact,10); // three decimals should be enough
         }
 
         if (nNeuWink>8900)
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ void SdrDragShear::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt)
             aFact=aNeuFact;
             double a=nWink*nPi180;
             double nTan1=0.0;
-            nTan1=tan(a); // schonmal berechnen, damit mgl. wenig Zeit zwischen Hide() und Show() vergeht
+            nTan1=tan(a); // calculate now, so as little time as possible passes between Hide() and Show()
             Hide();
             nTan=nTan1;
             DragStat().NextMove(rPnt);
@@ -2486,10 +2486,10 @@ bool SdrDragMirror::BeginSdrDrag()
         nWink=NormAngle360(GetAngle(aDif));
 
         if (!getSdrDragView().IsMirrorAllowed(false,false) && !b45)
-            return false; // freier Achsenwinkel nicht erlaubt
+            return false; // free choice of axis angle not alowed
 
         if (!getSdrDragView().IsMirrorAllowed(true,false) && !b90)
-            return false;  // 45deg auch nicht erlaubt
+            return false;  // 45 degrees not allowed either
 
         bSide0=ImpCheckSide(DragStat().GetStart());
         Show();
@@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ bool SdrDragMirror::BeginSdrDrag()
     }
     else
     {
-        OSL_FAIL("SdrDragMirror::BeginSdrDrag(): Spiegelachse nicht gefunden");
+        OSL_FAIL("SdrDragMirror::BeginSdrDrag(): Axis of reflection not found.");
         return false;
     }
 }
@@ -2638,7 +2638,7 @@ bool SdrDragGradient::BeginSdrDrag()
     }
     else
     {
-        OSL_FAIL("SdrDragGradient::BeginSdrDrag(): IAOGradient nicht gefunden");
+        OSL_FAIL("SdrDragGradient::BeginSdrDrag(): IAOGradient not found.");
     }
 
     return bRetval;
@@ -2687,7 +2687,6 @@ void SdrDragGradient::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt)
 
 bool SdrDragGradient::EndSdrDrag(bool /*bCopy*/)
 {
-    // here the result is clear, do something with the values
     Ref1() = pIAOHandle->GetPos();
     Ref2() = pIAOHandle->Get2ndPos();
 
@@ -2769,7 +2768,7 @@ void SdrDragCrook::TakeSdrDragComment(XubString& rStr) const
         rStr += ImpGetResStr(STR_EditWithCopy);
 }
 
-// #96920# These defines parametrise the created raster
+// These defines parameterize the created raster
 // for interactions
 #define DRAG_CROOK_RASTER_MINIMUM   (4)
 #define DRAG_CROOK_RASTER_MAXIMUM   (15)
@@ -2803,7 +2802,7 @@ basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon impCreateDragRaster(SdrPageView& rPageView, const Rectan
 
         for(a = 0; a <= nVerDiv; a++)
         {
-            // hor lines
+            // horizontal lines
             for(b = 0; b < nHorDiv; b++)
             {
                 basegfx::B2DPolygon aHorLineSegment;
@@ -2825,7 +2824,7 @@ basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon impCreateDragRaster(SdrPageView& rPageView, const Rectan
 
         for(a = 0; a <= nHorDiv; a++)
         {
-            // ver lines
+            // vertical lines
             for(b = 0; b < nVerDiv; b++)
             {
                 basegfx::B2DPolygon aVerLineSegment;
@@ -2981,7 +2980,7 @@ void SdrDragCrook::_MovAllPoints(basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& rTarget)
                         Point* pC2=NULL;
 
                         if (i+1<nPtAnz && aPol.IsControl(i))
-                        { // Kontrollpunkt links
+                        { // control point on the left
                             pC1=pPnt;
                             i++;
                             pPnt=&aPol[i];
@@ -2990,7 +2989,7 @@ void SdrDragCrook::_MovAllPoints(basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& rTarget)
                         i++;
 
                         if (i<nPtAnz && aPol.IsControl(i))
-                        { // Kontrollpunkt rechts
+                        { // control point on the right
                             pC2=&aPol[i];
                             i++;
                         }
@@ -3111,19 +3110,19 @@ void SdrDragCrook::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt)
 
         if (bValid)
         {
-            double a=0; // Steigung des Radius
+            double a=0; // slope of the radius
             long nPntWink=0;
 
             if (bVertical)
             {
-                a=((double)dy1)/((double)dx1); // Steigung des Radius
+                a=((double)dy1)/((double)dx1); // slope of the radius
                 nNeuRad=((long)(dy1*a)+dx1) /2;
                 aNeuCenter.X()+=nNeuRad;
                 nPntWink=GetAngle(aPnt-aNeuCenter);
             }
             else
             {
-                a=((double)dx1)/((double)dy1); // Steigung des Radius
+                a=((double)dx1)/((double)dy1); // slope of the radius
                 nNeuRad=((long)(dx1*a)+dy1) /2;
                 aNeuCenter.Y()+=nNeuRad;
                 nPntWink=GetAngle(aPnt-aNeuCenter)-9000;
@@ -3159,7 +3158,7 @@ void SdrDragCrook::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt)
             if (bResize)
             {
                 if (nSA!=0)
-                { // Winkelfang
+                { // angle snapping
                     long nWink0=nPntWink;
                     nPntWink+=nSA/2;
                     nPntWink/=nSA;
@@ -3191,7 +3190,7 @@ void SdrDragCrook::MoveSdrDrag(const Point& rPnt)
                     bValid=false;
 
                 if (bValid && nSA!=0)
-                { // Winkelfang
+                { // angle snapping
                     long nWink0=nWink;
                     nWink+=nSA/2;
                     nWink/=nSA;
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgv.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgv.cxx
index ea8fa77399b8..a028d58afcf6 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgv.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgv.cxx
@@ -53,15 +53,7 @@ using namespace sdr;
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  @@@@@  @@@@@   @@@@   @@@@   @@ @@ @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//  @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@  @@ @@ @@ @@    @@   @@
-//  @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@      @@ @@ @@ @@    @@ @ @@
-//  @@  @@ @@@@@  @@@@@@ @@ @@@  @@@@@ @@ @@@@  @@@@@@@
-//  @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@   @@@  @@ @@    @@@@@@@
-//  @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@   @@@  @@ @@    @@@ @@@
-//  @@@@@  @@  @@ @@  @@  @@@@@    @   @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//
+// DragView
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
@@ -189,20 +181,20 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::TakeDragObjAnchorPos(Point& rPos, sal_Bool bTR ) const
     Rectangle aR;
     TakeActionRect(aR);
     rPos = bTR ? aR.TopRight() : aR.TopLeft();
-    if (GetMarkedObjectCount()==1 && IsDragObj() && // nur bei Einzelselektion
-        !IsDraggingPoints() && !IsDraggingGluePoints() && // nicht beim Punkteschieben
-        !mpCurrentSdrDragMethod->ISA(SdrDragMovHdl)) // nicht beim Handlesschieben
+    if (GetMarkedObjectCount()==1 && IsDragObj() && // only on single selection
+        !IsDraggingPoints() && !IsDraggingGluePoints() && // not when moving points
+        !mpCurrentSdrDragMethod->ISA(SdrDragMovHdl)) // not when moving handles
     {
         SdrObject* pObj=GetMarkedObjectByIndex(0);
         if (pObj->ISA(SdrCaptionObj))
         {
             Point aPt(((SdrCaptionObj*)pObj)->GetTailPos());
-            sal_Bool bTail=eDragHdl==HDL_POLY; // Schwanz wird gedraggt (nicht so ganz feine Abfrage hier)
-            sal_Bool bOwn=mpCurrentSdrDragMethod->ISA(SdrDragObjOwn); // Objektspeziefisch
+            sal_Bool bTail=eDragHdl==HDL_POLY; // drag tail
+            sal_Bool bOwn=mpCurrentSdrDragMethod->ISA(SdrDragObjOwn); // specific to object
             if (!bTail)
-            { // bei bTail liefert TakeActionRect schon das richtige
+            { // for bTail, TakeActionRect already does the right thing
                 if (bOwn)
-                { // bOwn kann sein MoveTextFrame, ResizeTextFrame aber eben nicht mehr DragTail
+                { // bOwn may be MoveTextFrame, ResizeTextFrame, but may not (any more) be DragTail
                     rPos=aPt;
                 }
                 else
@@ -265,7 +257,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::BegDragObj(const Point& rPnt, OutputDevice* pOut, SdrHdl*
         }
 
         aDragStat.SetView((SdrView*)this);
-        aDragStat.SetPageView(pMarkedPV);  // <<-- hier muss die DragPV rein!!!
+        aDragStat.SetPageView(pMarkedPV);  // <<-- DragPV has to go here!!!
         aDragStat.SetMinMove(ImpGetMinMovLogic(nMinMov,pOut));
         aDragStat.SetHdl(pHdl);
         aDragStat.NextPoint();
@@ -274,7 +266,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::BegDragObj(const Point& rPnt, OutputDevice* pOut, SdrHdl*
         eDragHdl= pHdl==NULL ? HDL_MOVE : pHdl->GetKind();
         bDragHdl=eDragHdl==HDL_REF1 || eDragHdl==HDL_REF2 || eDragHdl==HDL_MIRX;
 
-        // #103894# Expand test for HDL_ANCHOR_TR
+        // Expand test for HDL_ANCHOR_TR
         sal_Bool bNotDraggable = (HDL_ANCHOR == eDragHdl || HDL_ANCHOR_TR == eDragHdl);
 
         if(pHdl && (pHdl->GetKind() == HDL_SMARTTAG) && pForcedMeth )
@@ -296,7 +288,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::BegDragObj(const Point& rPnt, OutputDevice* pOut, SdrHdl*
                         case HDL_LEFT:  case HDL_RIGHT:
                         case HDL_UPPER: case HDL_LOWER:
                         {
-                            // Sind 3D-Objekte selektiert?
+                            // are 3D objects selected?
                             sal_Bool b3DObjSelected = sal_False;
                             for(sal_uInt32 a=0;!b3DObjSelected && a<GetMarkedObjectCount();a++)
                             {
@@ -304,9 +296,8 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::BegDragObj(const Point& rPnt, OutputDevice* pOut, SdrHdl*
                                 if(pObj && pObj->ISA(E3dObject))
                                     b3DObjSelected = sal_True;
                             }
-                            // Falls ja, Shear auch bei !IsShearAllowed zulassen,
-                            // da es sich bei 3D-Objekten um eingeschraenkte
-                            // Rotationen handelt
+                            // If yes, allow shear even when !IsShearAllowed,
+                            // because 3D objects are limited rotations
                             if (!b3DObjSelected && !IsShearAllowed())
                                 return sal_False;
                             mpCurrentSdrDragMethod = new SdrDragShear(*this,eDragMode==SDRDRAG_ROTATE);
@@ -328,7 +319,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::BegDragObj(const Point& rPnt, OutputDevice* pOut, SdrHdl*
                         default:
                         {
                             if (IsMarkedHitMovesAlways() && eDragHdl==HDL_MOVE)
-                            { // HDL_MOVE ist auch wenn Obj direkt getroffen
+                            { // HDL_MOVE is true, even if Obj is hit directly
                                 if (!IsMoveAllowed()) return sal_False;
                                 mpCurrentSdrDragMethod = new SdrDragMove(*this);
                             }
@@ -514,7 +505,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::BegDragObj(const Point& rPnt, OutputDevice* pOut, SdrHdl*
             {
                 if (pHdl==NULL && IS_TYPE(SdrDragObjOwn,mpCurrentSdrDragMethod))
                 {
-                    // Aha, Obj kann nicht Move SpecialDrag, also MoveFrameDrag versuchen
+                    // Obj may not Move SpecialDrag, so try with MoveFrameDrag
                     delete mpCurrentSdrDragMethod;
                     mpCurrentSdrDragMethod = 0;
                     bDragSpecial=sal_False;
@@ -554,7 +545,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::EndDragObj(sal_Bool bCopy)
 {
     bool bRet(false);
 
-    // #i73341# If insert GluePoint, do not insist on last points being different
+    // #i73341# If inserting GluePoint, do not insist on last points being different
     if(mpCurrentSdrDragMethod && aDragStat.IsMinMoved() && (IsInsertGluePoint() || aDragStat.GetNow() != aDragStat.GetPrev()))
     {
         sal_uIntPtr nHdlAnzMerk=0;
@@ -604,7 +595,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::EndDragObj(sal_Bool bCopy)
 
         if (!bSomeObjChgdFlag)
         {
-            // Aha, Obj hat nicht gebroadcastet (z.B. Writer FlyFrames)
+            // Obj did not broadcast (e. g. Writer FlyFrames)
             if(!bDragHdl)
             {
                 AdjustMarkHdl();
@@ -633,7 +624,7 @@ void SdrDragView::BrkDragObj()
 
         if (bInsPolyPoint)
         {
-            pInsPointUndo->Undo(); // Den eingefuegten Punkt wieder raus
+            pInsPointUndo->Undo(); // delete inserted point again
             delete pInsPointUndo;
             pInsPointUndo=NULL;
             SetMarkHandles();
@@ -642,7 +633,7 @@ void SdrDragView::BrkDragObj()
 
         if (IsInsertGluePoint())
         {
-            pInsPointUndo->Undo(); // Den eingefuegten Klebepunkt wieder raus
+            pInsPointUndo->Undo(); // delete inserted glue point again
             delete pInsPointUndo;
             pInsPointUndo=NULL;
             SetInsertGluePoint(sal_False);
@@ -699,7 +690,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::ImpBegInsObjPoint(sal_Bool bIdxZwang, sal_uInt32 nIdx, con
 
         if(bClosed0 != pMarkedPath->IsClosedObj())
         {
-            // Obj was closed implicit
+            // Obj was closed implicitly
             // object changed
             pMarkedPath->SetChanged();
             pMarkedPath->BroadcastObjectChange();
@@ -738,7 +729,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::EndInsObjPoint(SdrCreateCmd eCmd)
         sal_Bool bOk=EndDragObj(sal_False);
         if (bOk==sal_True && eCmd!=SDRCREATE_FORCEEND)
         {
-            // Ret=True bedeutet: Action ist vorbei.
+            // Ret=True means: Action is over.
             bOk=!(ImpBegInsObjPoint(sal_True, nNextPnt, aPnt, eCmd == SDRCREATE_NEXTOBJECT, pDragWin));
         }
 
@@ -753,7 +744,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::IsInsGluePointPossible() const
     {
         if (GetMarkedObjectCount()==1)
         {
-            // sal_False liefern, wenn 1 Objekt und dieses ein Verbinder ist.
+            // return sal_False, if only 1 object which is a connector.
             const SdrObject* pObj=GetMarkedObjectByIndex(0);
             if (!HAS_BASE(SdrEdgeObj,pObj))
             {
@@ -817,12 +808,12 @@ sal_Bool SdrDragView::BegInsGluePoint(const Point& rPnt)
             }
             else
             {
-                OSL_FAIL("BegInsGluePoint(): GluePoint-Handle nicht gefunden");
+                OSL_FAIL("BegInsGluePoint(): GluePoint handle not found.");
             }
         }
         else
         {
-            // Keine Klebepunkte moeglich bei diesem Objekt (z.B. Edge)
+            // no glue points possible for this object (e. g. Edge)
             SetInsertGluePoint(sal_False);
             delete pInsPointUndo;
             pInsPointUndo=NULL;
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv.cxx
index 701c05d33f34..dfdf7efedddc 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv.cxx
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 #include <vcl/metaact.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdedtv.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdundo.hxx>
-#include <svx/svdograf.hxx>  // fuer Possibilities
+#include <svx/svdograf.hxx>  // for Possibilities
 #include <svx/svdopath.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdoole2.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdopage.hxx>
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
 #include <svx/svdlayer.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpagv.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpage.hxx>
-#include <svx/svdpoev.hxx>  // fuer die PolyPossiblities
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // Namen aus der Resource
+#include <svx/svdpoev.hxx>  // for the PolyPossiblities
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // names taken from the resource
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // StringCache
 #include <svx/e3dsceneupdater.hxx>
 #include <rtl/strbuf.hxx>
@@ -49,15 +49,7 @@
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  @@@@@ @@@@@  @@ @@@@@@  @@ @@ @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//  @@    @@  @@ @@   @@    @@ @@ @@ @@    @@   @@
-//  @@    @@  @@ @@   @@    @@ @@ @@ @@    @@ @ @@
-//  @@@@  @@  @@ @@   @@    @@@@@ @@ @@@@  @@@@@@@
-//  @@    @@  @@ @@   @@     @@@  @@ @@    @@@@@@@
-//  @@    @@  @@ @@   @@     @@@  @@ @@    @@@ @@@
-//  @@@@@ @@@@@  @@   @@      @   @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//
+// EditView
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
@@ -110,7 +102,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpResetPossibilityFlags()
 void SdrEditView::ImpClearVars()
 {
     ImpResetPossibilityFlags();
-    bPossibilitiesDirty=sal_True;   // << war von Purify angemeckert
+    bPossibilitiesDirty=sal_True;   // << Purify didn't like this
     bBundleVirtObj=sal_False;
 }
 
@@ -154,12 +146,11 @@ sal_Bool SdrEditView::ImpDelLayerCheck(SdrObjList* pOL, SdrLayerID nDelID) const
         SdrObject* pObj = pOL->GetObj(nObjNum);
         SdrObjList* pSubOL = pObj->GetSubList();
 
-        // #104809# Test explicitely for group objects and 3d scenes
+        // explicitly test for group objects and 3d scenes
         if(pSubOL && (pObj->ISA(SdrObjGroup) || pObj->ISA(E3dScene)))
         {
             if(!ImpDelLayerCheck(pSubOL, nDelID))
             {
-                // Rekursion
                 bDelAll = sal_False;
             }
         }
@@ -190,7 +181,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpDelLayerDelObjs(SdrObjList* pOL, SdrLayerID nDelID)
         SdrObjList* pSubOL = pObj->GetSubList();
 
 
-        // #104809# Test explicitely for group objects and 3d scenes
+        // explicitly test for group objects and 3d scenes
         if(pSubOL && (pObj->ISA(SdrObjGroup) || pObj->ISA(E3dScene)))
         {
             if(ImpDelLayerCheck(pSubOL, nDelID))
@@ -259,7 +250,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DeleteLayer(const XubString& rName)
                     SdrObject* pObj = pPage->GetObj(nObjNum);
                     SdrObjList* pSubOL = pObj->GetSubList();
 
-                    // #104809# Test explicitely for group objects and 3d scenes
+                    // explicitly test for group objects and 3d scenes
                     if(pSubOL && (pObj->ISA(SdrObjGroup) || pObj->ISA(E3dScene)))
                     {
                         if(ImpDelLayerCheck(pSubOL, nDelID))
@@ -382,13 +373,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpBroadcastEdgesOfMarkedNodes()
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  ####   ###   ####  #### # ####  # #    # ##### # #####  ####
-//  #   # #   # #     #     # #   # # #    #   #   # #     #
-//  ####  #   #  ###   ###  # ####  # #    #   #   # ####   ###
-//  #     #   #     #     # # #   # # #    #   #   # #         #
-//  #      ###  ####  ####  # ####  # #### #   #   # ##### ####
-//
+// Possibilities
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void SdrEditView::MarkListHasChanged()
@@ -455,10 +440,10 @@ sal_Bool SdrEditView::IsEdgeRadiusAllowed() const
 
 sal_Bool SdrEditView::IsCrookAllowed(sal_Bool bNoContortion) const
 {
-    // CrookMode fehlt hier (weil kein Rotate bei Shear ...)
+    // CrookMode missing here (no rotations allowed when shearing ...)
     ForcePossibilities();
     if (bNoContortion) {
-        if (!bRotateFreeAllowed) return sal_False; // Crook is nich
+        if (!bRotateFreeAllowed) return sal_False;
         return !bMoveProtect && bMoveAllowed;
     } else {
         return !bResizeProtect && bContortionPossible;
@@ -497,7 +482,7 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
     {
         // This call IS necessary to correct the MarkList, in which
         // no longer to the model belonging objects still can reside.
-        // These ones nned to be removed.
+        // These ones need to be removed.
         CheckMarked();
     }
 
@@ -512,8 +497,8 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
             bGroupPossible=nMarkAnz>=2;
             bCombinePossible=nMarkAnz>=2;
             if (nMarkAnz==1) {
-                // bCombinePossible gruendlicher checken
-                // fehlt noch ...
+                // check bCombinePossible more thoroughly
+                // still missing ...
                 const SdrObject* pObj=GetMarkedObjectByIndex(0);
                 //const SdrPathObj* pPath=PTR_CAST(SdrPathObj,pObj);
                 sal_Bool bGroup=pObj->GetSubList()!=NULL;
@@ -524,7 +509,7 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
             }
             bCombineNoPolyPolyPossible=bCombinePossible;
             bDeletePossible=sal_True;
-            // Zu den Transformationen erstmal ja sagen
+            // accept transformations for now
             bMoveAllowed      =sal_True;
             bResizeFreeAllowed=sal_True;
             bResizePropAllowed=sal_True;
@@ -543,11 +528,11 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
             bGradientAllowed = (nMarkAnz == 1);
             if(bGradientAllowed)
             {
-                // gradient depends on fillstyle
+                // gradient depends on fill style
                 const SdrMark* pM = GetSdrMarkByIndex(0);
                 const SdrObject* pObj = pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
 
-                // maybe group object, so get merged ItemSet
+                // may be group object, so get merged ItemSet
                 const SfxItemSet& rSet = pObj->GetMergedItemSet();
                 SfxItemState eState = rSet.GetItemState(XATTR_FILLSTYLE, sal_False);
 
@@ -579,7 +564,7 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
                 pObj->TakeObjInfo(aInfo);
                 sal_Bool bMovPrt=pObj->IsMoveProtect();
                 sal_Bool bSizPrt=pObj->IsResizeProtect();
-                if (!bMovPrt && aInfo.bMoveAllowed) nMovableCount++; // Menge der MovableObjs zaehlen
+                if (!bMovPrt && aInfo.bMoveAllowed) nMovableCount++; // count MovableObjs
                 if (bMovPrt) bMoveProtect=sal_True;
                 if (bSizPrt) bResizeProtect=sal_True;
 
@@ -587,7 +572,7 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
                 if(!aInfo.bTransparenceAllowed)
                     bTransparenceAllowed = sal_False;
 
-                // Wenn einer was nicht kann, duerfen's alle nicht
+                // If one of these can't do something, none can
                 if (!aInfo.bMoveAllowed      ) bMoveAllowed      =sal_False;
                 if (!aInfo.bResizeFreeAllowed) bResizeFreeAllowed=sal_False;
                 if (!aInfo.bResizePropAllowed) bResizePropAllowed=sal_False;
@@ -599,8 +584,8 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
                 if (!aInfo.bShearAllowed     ) bShearAllowed     =sal_False;
                 if (aInfo.bEdgeRadiusAllowed) bEdgeRadiusAllowed=sal_True;
                 if (aInfo.bNoContortion      ) bContortionPossible=sal_False;
-                // Fuer Crook mit Contortion: Alle Objekte muessen
-                // Movable und Rotatable sein, ausser maximal 1
+                // For Crook with Contortion: all objects have to be
+                // Movable and Rotatable, except for a maximum of 1 of them
                 if (!bMoreThanOneNoMovRot) {
                     if (!aInfo.bMoveAllowed || !aInfo.bResizeFreeAllowed) {
                         bMoreThanOneNoMovRot=bNoMovRotFound;
@@ -608,13 +593,13 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
                     }
                 }
 
-                // when one member cannot be converted, no conversion is possible
+                // if one member cannot be converted, no conversion is possible
                 if(!aInfo.bCanConvToContour)
                     bCanConvToContour = sal_False;
 
                 // Ungroup
                 if (!bUnGroupPossible) bUnGroupPossible=pObj->GetSubList()!=NULL;
-                // ConvertToCurve: Wenn mind. einer konvertiert werden kann ist das ok.
+                // ConvertToCurve: If at least one can be converted, that is fine.
                 if (aInfo.bCanConvToPath          ) bCanConvToPath          =sal_True;
                 if (aInfo.bCanConvToPoly          ) bCanConvToPoly          =sal_True;
                 if (aInfo.bCanConvToPathLineToArea) bCanConvToPathLineToArea=sal_True;
@@ -629,9 +614,9 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
 
                 if (!bDismantlePossible) bDismantlePossible = ImpCanDismantle(pObj, sal_False);
                 if (!bDismantleMakeLinesPossible) bDismantleMakeLinesPossible = ImpCanDismantle(pObj, sal_True);
-                // OrthoDesiredOnMarked checken
+                // check OrthoDesiredOnMarked
                 if (!bOrthoDesiredOnMarked && !aInfo.bNoOrthoDesired) bOrthoDesiredOnMarked=sal_True;
-                // ImportMtf checken
+                // check ImportMtf
 
                 if (!bImportMtfPossible) {
                     sal_Bool bGraf=HAS_BASE(SdrGrafObj,pObj);
@@ -664,8 +649,8 @@ void SdrEditView::CheckPossibilities()
             bGrpEnterPossible=bMerker1;
         }
         if (bMoveAllowed) {
-            // Verschieben von angeklebten Verbindern unterbinden
-            // Derzeit nur fuer Einfachselektion implementiert.
+            // Don't allow moving glued connectors.
+            // Currently only implemented for single selection.
             if (nMarkAnz==1) {
                 SdrObject* pObj=GetMarkedObjectByIndex(0);
                 SdrEdgeObj* pEdge=PTR_CAST(SdrEdgeObj,pObj);
@@ -738,7 +723,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DeleteMarkedList(const SdrMarkList& rMark)
                     SdrMark* pM = rMark.GetMark(nm);
                     SdrObject* pObj = pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
 
-                    // extra undo actions for changed connector which now may hold it's layouted path (SJ)
+                    // extra undo actions for changed connector which now may hold its layed out path (SJ)
                     std::vector< SdrUndoAction* > vConnectorUndoActions( CreateConnectorUndo( *pObj ) );
                     AddUndoActions( vConnectorUndoActions );
 
@@ -746,7 +731,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DeleteMarkedList(const SdrMarkList& rMark)
                 }
             }
 
-            // Sicherstellen, dass die OrderNums stimmen:
+            // make sure, OrderNums are correct:
             rMark.GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj()->GetOrdNum();
 
             std::vector< SdrObject* > aRemoved3DObjects;
@@ -756,7 +741,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DeleteMarkedList(const SdrMarkList& rMark)
                 nm--;
                 SdrMark* pM = rMark.GetMark(nm);
                 SdrObject* pObj = pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
-                SdrObjList*  pOL = pObj->GetObjList(); //#52680#
+                SdrObjList*  pOL = pObj->GetObjList();
                 const sal_uInt32 nOrdNum(pObj->GetOrdNumDirect());
 
                 bool bIs3D = dynamic_cast< E3dObject* >(pObj);
@@ -910,8 +895,8 @@ void SdrEditView::CopyMarkedObj()
     SortMarkedObjects();
 
     SdrMarkList aSourceObjectsForCopy(GetMarkedObjectList());
-    // Folgende Schleife Anstatt MarkList::Merge(), damit
-    // ich jeweils mein Flag an die MarkEntries setzen kann.
+    // The following loop is used instead of MarkList::Merge(), to be
+    // able to flag the MarkEntries.
     sal_uIntPtr nEdgeAnz = GetEdgesOfMarkedNodes().GetMarkCount();
     for (sal_uIntPtr nEdgeNum=0; nEdgeNum<nEdgeAnz; nEdgeNum++) {
         SdrMark aM(*GetEdgesOfMarkedNodes().GetMark(nEdgeNum));
@@ -946,7 +931,7 @@ void SdrEditView::CopyMarkedObj()
 
             if (pM->GetUser()==0)
             {
-                // Sonst war's nur eine mitzukierende Edge
+                // otherwise it is only an Edge we have to copy as well
                 GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().InsertEntry(aME);
             }
         } else {
@@ -962,21 +947,20 @@ void SdrEditView::CopyMarkedObj()
     {
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
         rtl::OStringBuffer aStr(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM(
-            "SdrEditView::CopyMarkedObj(): Fehler beim Clonen "));
+            "SdrEditView::CopyMarkedObj(): Error when cloning "));
 
         if(nCloneErrCnt == 1)
         {
-            aStr.append(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("eines Zeichenobjekts."));
+            aStr.append(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("a drawing object."));
         }
         else
         {
-            aStr.append(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM("von "));
             aStr.append(static_cast<sal_Int32>(nCloneErrCnt));
-            aStr.append(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM(" Zeichenobjekten."));
+            aStr.append(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM(" drawing objects."));
         }
 
         aStr.append(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM(
-            " Objektverbindungen werden nicht mitkopiert."));
+            " This object's/These objects's connections will not be copied."));
         OSL_FAIL(aStr.getStr());
 #endif
     }
@@ -991,7 +975,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrEditView::InsertObjectAtView(SdrObject* pObj, SdrPageView& rPV, sal_
         SdrLayerID nLayer=rPV.GetPage()->GetLayerAdmin().GetLayerID(aAktLayer,sal_True);
         if (nLayer==SDRLAYER_NOTFOUND) nLayer=0;
         if (rPV.GetLockedLayers().IsSet(nLayer) || !rPV.GetVisibleLayers().IsSet(nLayer)) {
-            SdrObject::Free( pObj ); // Layer gesperrt oder nicht sichtbar
+            SdrObject::Free( pObj ); // Layer locked or invisible
             return sal_False;
         }
         pObj->NbcSetLayer(nLayer);
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv1.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv1.cxx
index de360beb4189..cc958a6673ba 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv1.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv1.cxx
@@ -37,19 +37,19 @@
 #include <svl/itemiter.hxx>
 #include <vcl/msgbox.hxx>
 #include <svx/rectenum.hxx>
-#include <svx/svxids.hrc>   // fuer SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_...
-#include <svx/svdattr.hxx>  // fuer Get/SetGeoAttr
+#include <svx/svxids.hrc>   // for SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_...
+#include <svx/svdattr.hxx>  // for Get/SetGeoAttr
 #include "svx/svditext.hxx"
 #include "svx/svditer.hxx"
 #include <svx/svdtrans.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdundo.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpage.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpagv.hxx>
-#include <svx/svdlayer.hxx> // fuer MergeNotPersistAttr
-#include <svx/svdattrx.hxx> // fuer MergeNotPersistAttr
-#include <svx/svdetc.hxx>   // fuer SearchOutlinerItems
-#include <svx/svdopath.hxx>  // fuer Crook
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // Namen aus der Resource
+#include <svx/svdlayer.hxx> // for MergeNotPersistAttr
+#include <svx/svdattrx.hxx> // for MergeNotPersistAttr
+#include <svx/svdetc.hxx>   // for SearchOutlinerItems
+#include <svx/svdopath.hxx>  // for Crook
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // names taken from the resource
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // StringCache
 #include <editeng/eeitem.hxx>
 #include <svl/aeitem.hxx>
@@ -61,17 +61,7 @@
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  @@@@@ @@@@@  @@ @@@@@@  @@ @@ @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//  @@    @@  @@ @@   @@    @@ @@ @@ @@    @@   @@
-//  @@    @@  @@ @@   @@    @@ @@ @@ @@    @@ @ @@
-//  @@@@  @@  @@ @@   @@    @@@@@ @@ @@@@  @@@@@@@
-//  @@    @@  @@ @@   @@     @@@  @@ @@    @@@@@@@
-//  @@    @@  @@ @@   @@     @@@  @@ @@    @@@ @@@
-//  @@@@@ @@@@@  @@   @@      @   @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//
+// EditView
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
@@ -119,7 +109,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetMarkedObjRect(const Rectangle& rRect, sal_Bool bCopy)
                 aR1=rRect;
             }
             else
-            { // aR1 von aR0 nach rRect transformieren
+            { // transform aR1 to aR0 after rRect
                 aR1.Move(-x0,-y0);
                 BigInt l(aR1.Left());
                 BigInt r(aR1.Right());
@@ -145,7 +135,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetMarkedObjRect(const Rectangle& rRect, sal_Bool bCopy)
             }
             pO->SetSnapRect(aR1);
         } else {
-            OSL_FAIL("SetMarkedObjRect(): pObj->GetSnapRect() liefert leeres Rect");
+            OSL_FAIL("SetMarkedObjRect(): pObj->GetSnapRect() returns empty Rect");
         }
     }
     if( bUndo )
@@ -195,7 +185,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MoveMarkedObj(const Size& rSiz, bool bCopy)
         XubString aStr(ImpGetResStr(STR_EditMove));
         if (bCopy)
             aStr+=ImpGetResStr(STR_EditWithCopy);
-        // benoetigt eigene UndoGroup wegen Parameter
+        // meeds its own UndoGroup because of its parameters
         BegUndo(aStr,GetDescriptionOfMarkedObjects(),SDRREPFUNC_OBJ_MOVE);
     }
 
@@ -300,7 +290,7 @@ void SdrEditView::RotateMarkedObj(const Point& rRef, long nWink, bool bCopy)
 
             if( bUndo )
             {
-                // extra undo actions for changed connector which now may hold it's layouted path (SJ)
+                // extra undo actions for changed connector which now may hold its layed out path (SJ)
                 std::vector< SdrUndoAction* > vConnectorUndoActions( CreateConnectorUndo( *pO ) );
                 AddUndoActions( vConnectorUndoActions );
 
@@ -360,7 +350,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MirrorMarkedObj(const Point& rRef1, const Point& rRef2, bool b
 
             if( bUndo )
             {
-                // extra undo actions for changed connector which now may hold it's layouted path (SJ)
+                // extra undo actions for changed connector which now may hold its layed out path (SJ)
                 std::vector< SdrUndoAction* > vConnectorUndoActions( CreateConnectorUndo( *pO ) );
                 AddUndoActions( vConnectorUndoActions );
 
@@ -479,7 +469,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpCrookObj(SdrObject* pO, const Point& rRef, const Point& rRa
 
     if(!bDone && !pPath && pO->IsPolyObj() && 0L != pO->GetPointCount())
     {
-        // FuerPolyObj's, aber NICHT fuer SdrPathObj's, z.B. fuer's Bemassungsobjekt
+        // for PolyObj's, but NOT for SdrPathObj's, e.g. the measurement object
         sal_uInt32 nPtAnz(pO->GetPointCount());
         XPolygon aXP((sal_uInt16)nPtAnz);
         sal_uInt32 nPtNum;
@@ -499,8 +489,8 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpCrookObj(SdrObject* pO, const Point& rRef, const Point& rRa
 
         for(nPtNum = 0L; nPtNum < nPtAnz; nPtNum++)
         {
-            // hier koennte man vieleicht auch mal das Broadcasting optimieren
-            // ist aber z.Zt. bei den 2 Punkten des Bemassungsobjekts noch nicht so tragisch
+            // broadcasting could be optimized here, but for the
+            // current two points of the measurement object, it's fine
             pO->SetPoint(aXP[(sal_uInt16)nPtNum],nPtNum);
         }
 
@@ -509,7 +499,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpCrookObj(SdrObject* pO, const Point& rRef, const Point& rRa
 
     if(!bDone)
     {
-        // Fuer alle anderen oder wenn bNoContortion
+        // for all others or if bNoContortion
         Point aCtr0(pO->GetSnapRect().Center());
         Point aCtr1(aCtr0);
         sal_Bool bRotOk(sal_False);
@@ -593,7 +583,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpDistortObj(SdrObject* pO, const Rectangle& rRef, const XPol
     }
     else if(pO->IsPolyObj())
     {
-        // z.B. fuer's Bemassungsobjekt
+        // e. g. for the mesurement object
         sal_uInt32 nPtAnz(pO->GetPointCount());
         XPolygon aXP((sal_uInt16)nPtAnz);
         sal_uInt32 nPtNum;
@@ -608,8 +598,8 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpDistortObj(SdrObject* pO, const Rectangle& rRef, const XPol
 
         for(nPtNum = 0L; nPtNum < nPtAnz; nPtNum++)
         {
-            // hier koennte man vieleicht auch mal das Broadcasting optimieren
-            // ist aber z.Zt. bei den 2 Punkten des Bemassungsobjekts noch nicht so tragisch
+            // broadcasting could be optimized here, but for the
+            // current two points of the measurement object, it's fine
             pO->SetPoint(aXP[(sal_uInt16)nPtNum],nPtNum);
         }
     }
@@ -660,7 +650,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DistortMarkedObj(const Rectangle& rRef, const XPolygon& rDisto
 
 void SdrEditView::SetNotPersistAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool /*bReplaceAll*/)
 {
-    // bReplaceAll hat hier keinerlei Wirkung
+    // bReplaceAll has no effect here
     Rectangle aAllSnapRect(GetMarkedObjRect());
     const SfxPoolItem *pPoolItem=NULL;
     if (rAttr.GetItemState(SDRATTR_TRANSFORMREF1X,sal_True,&pPoolItem)==SFX_ITEM_SET) {
@@ -701,7 +691,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetNotPersistAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool /*
         bAllHgt=sal_True; bDoIt=sal_True;
     }
     if (bDoIt) {
-        Rectangle aRect(aAllSnapRect); // !!! fuer PolyPt's und GluePt's aber bitte noch aendern !!!
+        Rectangle aRect(aAllSnapRect); // TODO: change this for PolyPt's and GluePt's!!!
         if (bAllPosX) aRect.Move(nAllPosX-aRect.Left(),0);
         if (bAllPosY) aRect.Move(0,nAllPosY-aRect.Top());
         if (bAllWdt)  aRect.Right()=aAllSnapRect.Left()+nAllWdt;
@@ -731,7 +721,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetNotPersistAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool /*
 
     const bool bUndo = IsUndoEnabled();
 
-    // Todo: WhichRange nach Notwendigkeit ueberpruefen.
+    // TODO: check if WhichRange is necessary.
     sal_uIntPtr nMarkAnz=GetMarkedObjectCount();
     for (sal_uIntPtr nm=0; nm<nMarkAnz; nm++)
     {
@@ -747,15 +737,14 @@ void SdrEditView::SetNotPersistAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool /*
 
 void SdrEditView::MergeNotPersistAttrFromMarked(SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool /*bOnlyHardAttr*/) const
 {
-    // bOnlyHardAttr hat hier keinerlei Wirkung
-    // Hier muss ausserdem noch der Nullpunkt und
-    // die PvPos berueksichtigt werden.
-    Rectangle aAllSnapRect(GetMarkedObjRect()); // !!! fuer PolyPt's und GluePt's aber bitte noch aendern !!!
+    // bOnlyHardAttr has no effect here.
+    // TODO: Take into account the origin and PvPos.
+    Rectangle aAllSnapRect(GetMarkedObjRect()); // TODO: change this for PolyPt's and GluePt's!!!
     long nAllSnapPosX=aAllSnapRect.Left();
     long nAllSnapPosY=aAllSnapRect.Top();
     long nAllSnapWdt=aAllSnapRect.GetWidth()-1;
     long nAllSnapHgt=aAllSnapRect.GetHeight()-1;
-    // koennte mal zu CheckPossibilities mit rein
+    // TODO: could go into CheckPossibilities
     sal_Bool bMovProtect=sal_False,bMovProtectDC=sal_False;
     sal_Bool bSizProtect=sal_False,bSizProtectDC=sal_False;
     sal_Bool bPrintable =sal_True ,bPrintableDC=sal_False;
@@ -831,7 +820,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MergeNotPersistAttrFromMarked(SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool /*bO
     if (bSnapWdtDC  || nAllSnapWdt !=nSnapWdt ) rAttr.Put(SdrAllSizeWidthItem(nAllSnapWdt));
     if (bSnapHgtDC  || nAllSnapHgt !=nSnapHgt ) rAttr.Put(SdrAllSizeHeightItem(nAllSnapHgt));
 
-    // Items fuer reine Transformationen
+    // items for pure transformations
     rAttr.Put(SdrMoveXItem());
     rAttr.Put(SdrMoveYItem());
     rAttr.Put(SdrResizeXOneItem());
@@ -953,11 +942,11 @@ void SdrEditView::SetAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool bReplaceAll)
             }
         }
 
-        // Joe, 2.7.98: Damit Undo nach Format.Standard auch die Textattribute korrekt restauriert
+        // To make Undo reconstruct text attributes correctly after Format.Standard
         sal_Bool bHasEEItems=SearchOutlinerItems(rAttr,bReplaceAll);
 
-        // AW 030100: save additional geom info when para or char attributes
-        // are changed and the geom form of the text object might be changed
+        // save additional geometry information when paragraph or character attributes
+        // are changed and the geometrical shape of the text object might be changed
         sal_Bool bPossibleGeomChange(sal_False);
         SfxWhichIter aIter(rAttr);
         sal_uInt16 nWhich = aIter.FirstWhich();
@@ -991,7 +980,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool bReplaceAll)
         std::vector< E3DModifySceneSnapRectUpdater* > aUpdaters;
 
         // create ItemSet without SFX_ITEM_DONTCARE. Put()
-        // uses it's second parameter (bInvalidAsDefault) to
+        // uses its second parameter (bInvalidAsDefault) to
         // remove all such items to set them to default.
         SfxItemSet aAttr(*rAttr.GetPool(), rAttr.GetRanges());
         aAttr.Put(rAttr, sal_True);
@@ -1037,7 +1026,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool bReplaceAll)
                 AddUndo(GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoAttrObject(*pObj,sal_False,bHasEEItems || bPossibleGeomChange || bRescueText));
             }
 
-            // set up a scxene updater if object is a 3d object
+            // set up a scene updater if object is a 3d object
             if(dynamic_cast< E3dObject* >(pObj))
             {
                 aUpdaters.push_back(new E3DModifySceneSnapRectUpdater(pObj));
@@ -1057,7 +1046,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool bReplaceAll)
                     // #110094#-14 pTextObj->SendRepaintBroadcast(pTextObj->GetBoundRect());
                     pTextObj->RemoveOutlinerCharacterAttribs( aCharWhichIds );
 
-                    // object has changed, should be called form
+                    // object has changed, should be called from
                     // RemoveOutlinerCharacterAttribs. This will change when the text
                     // object implementation changes.
                     pTextObj->SetChanged();
@@ -1090,9 +1079,9 @@ void SdrEditView::SetAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr, sal_Bool bReplaceAll)
             SetAnimationTimer(0L);
         }
 
-        // besser vorher checken, was gemacht werden soll:
-        // pObj->SetAttr() oder SetNotPersistAttr()
-        // !!! fehlende Implementation !!!
+        // better check before what to do:
+        // pObj->SetAttr() or SetNotPersistAttr()
+        // TODO: missing implementation!
         SetNotPersistAttrToMarked(rAttr,bReplaceAll);
 
         if( bUndo )
@@ -1109,7 +1098,7 @@ SfxStyleSheet* SdrEditView::GetStyleSheetFromMarked() const
         SdrMark* pM=GetSdrMarkByIndex(nm);
         SfxStyleSheet* pSS=pM->GetMarkedSdrObj()->GetStyleSheet();
         if (b1st) pRet=pSS;
-        else if (pRet!=pSS) return NULL; // verschiedene StyleSheets
+        else if (pRet!=pSS) return NULL; // different stylesheets
         b1st=sal_False;
     }
     return pRet;
@@ -1150,7 +1139,6 @@ void SdrEditView::SetStyleSheetToMarked(SfxStyleSheet* pStyleSheet, sal_Bool bDo
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
-/* new interface src537 */
 sal_Bool SdrEditView::GetAttributes(SfxItemSet& rTargetSet, sal_Bool bOnlyHardAttr) const
 {
     if(GetMarkedObjectCount())
@@ -1198,13 +1186,13 @@ sal_Bool SdrEditView::SetStyleSheet(SfxStyleSheet* pStyleSheet, sal_Bool bDontRe
 
 SfxItemSet SdrEditView::GetGeoAttrFromMarked() const
 {
-    SfxItemSet aRetSet(pMod->GetItemPool(),   // SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_... aus s:svxids.hrc
+    SfxItemSet aRetSet(pMod->GetItemPool(),   // SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_... from s:svxids.hrc
                        SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_POS_X,SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_ANGLE,
                        SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_PROTECT_POS,SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_AUTOHEIGHT,
                        SDRATTR_ECKENRADIUS,SDRATTR_ECKENRADIUS,
                        0);
     if (AreObjectsMarked()) {
-        SfxItemSet aMarkAttr(GetAttrFromMarked(sal_False)); // wg. AutoGrowHeight und Eckenradius
+        SfxItemSet aMarkAttr(GetAttrFromMarked(sal_False)); // because of AutoGrowHeight and corner radius
         Rectangle aRect(GetMarkedObjRect());
 
         if(GetSdrPageView())
@@ -1212,14 +1200,14 @@ SfxItemSet SdrEditView::GetGeoAttrFromMarked() const
             GetSdrPageView()->LogicToPagePos(aRect);
         }
 
-        // Position
+        // position
         aRetSet.Put(SfxInt32Item(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_POS_X,aRect.Left()));
         aRetSet.Put(SfxInt32Item(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_POS_Y,aRect.Top()));
 
-        // Groesse
+        // size
         long nResizeRefX=aRect.Left();
         long nResizeRefY=aRect.Top();
-        if (eDragMode==SDRDRAG_ROTATE) { // Drehachse auch als Referenz fuer Resize
+        if (eDragMode==SDRDRAG_ROTATE) { // use rotation axis as a reference for resizing, too
             nResizeRefX=aRef1.X();
             nResizeRefY=aRef1.Y();
         }
@@ -1235,7 +1223,7 @@ SfxItemSet SdrEditView::GetGeoAttrFromMarked() const
             GetSdrPageView()->LogicToPagePos(aRotateAxe);
         }
 
-        // Drehung
+        // rotation
         long nRotateRefX=aRect.Center().X();
         long nRotateRefY=aRect.Center().Y();
         if (eDragMode==SDRDRAG_ROTATE) {
@@ -1246,10 +1234,10 @@ SfxItemSet SdrEditView::GetGeoAttrFromMarked() const
         aRetSet.Put(SfxInt32Item(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_ROT_X,nRotateRefX));
         aRetSet.Put(SfxInt32Item(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_ROT_Y,nRotateRefY));
 
-        // Shear
+        // shearing
         long nShearRefX=aRect.Left();
         long nShearRefY=aRect.Bottom();
-        if (eDragMode==SDRDRAG_ROTATE) { // Drehachse auch als Referenz fuer Shear
+        if (eDragMode==SDRDRAG_ROTATE) { // use rotation axis as a reference for shearing, too
             nShearRefX=aRotateAxe.X();
             nShearRefY=aRotateAxe.Y();
         }
@@ -1257,7 +1245,7 @@ SfxItemSet SdrEditView::GetGeoAttrFromMarked() const
         aRetSet.Put(SfxInt32Item(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_SHEAR_X,nShearRefX));
         aRetSet.Put(SfxInt32Item(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_SHEAR_Y,nShearRefY));
 
-        // Pruefen der einzelnen Objekte, ob Objekte geschuetzt sind
+        // check every object whether it is protected
         const SdrMarkList& rMarkList=GetMarkedObjectList();
         sal_uIntPtr nMarkCount=rMarkList.GetMarkCount();
         SdrObject* pObj=rMarkList.GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
@@ -1271,7 +1259,7 @@ SfxItemSet SdrEditView::GetGeoAttrFromMarked() const
             if (bSizProt!=pObj->IsResizeProtect()) bSizProtDontCare=sal_True;
         }
 
-        // InvalidateItem setzt das Item auf DONT_CARE
+        // InvalidateItem sets item to DONT_CARE
         if (bPosProtDontCare) {
             aRetSet.InvalidateItem(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_PROTECT_POS);
         } else {
@@ -1324,7 +1312,7 @@ Point ImpGetPoint(Rectangle aRect, RECT_POINT eRP)
         case RP_MB: return aRect.BottomCenter();
         case RP_RB: return aRect.BottomRight();
     }
-    return Point(); // Sollte nicht vorkommen !
+    return Point(); // Should not happen!
 }
 
 void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
@@ -1349,7 +1337,6 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
     long nSizY=0;
     long nRotateAngle=0;
 
-    // #86909#
     sal_Bool bModeIsRotate(eDragMode == SDRDRAG_ROTATE);
     long nRotateX(0);
     long nRotateY(0);
@@ -1383,7 +1370,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
 
     const SfxPoolItem* pPoolItem=NULL;
 
-    // Position
+    // position
     if (SFX_ITEM_SET==rAttr.GetItemState(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_POS_X,sal_True,&pPoolItem)) {
         nPosDX=((const SfxInt32Item*)pPoolItem)->GetValue()-aRect.Left();
         bChgPos=sal_True;
@@ -1392,7 +1379,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
         nPosDY=((const SfxInt32Item*)pPoolItem)->GetValue()-aRect.Top();
         bChgPos=sal_True;
     }
-    // Groesse
+    // size
     if (SFX_ITEM_SET==rAttr.GetItemState(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_WIDTH,sal_True,&pPoolItem)) {
         nSizX=((const SfxUInt32Item*)pPoolItem)->GetValue();
         bChgSiz=sal_True;
@@ -1405,21 +1392,21 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
         eSizePoint=(RECT_POINT)((const SfxAllEnumItem&)rAttr.Get(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_SIZE_POINT)).GetValue();
     }
 
-    // Rotation
+    // rotation
     if (SFX_ITEM_SET==rAttr.GetItemState(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_ANGLE,sal_True,&pPoolItem)) {
         nRotateAngle=((const SfxInt32Item*)pPoolItem)->GetValue()-nOldRotateAngle;
         bRotate = (nRotateAngle != 0);
     }
 
-    // #86909# pos rot point x
+    // position rotation point x
     if(bRotate || SFX_ITEM_SET==rAttr.GetItemState(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_ROT_X, sal_True ,&pPoolItem))
         nRotateX = ((const SfxInt32Item&)rAttr.Get(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_ROT_X)).GetValue();
 
-    // #86909# pos rot point y
+    // position rotation point y
     if(bRotate || SFX_ITEM_SET==rAttr.GetItemState(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_ROT_Y, sal_True ,&pPoolItem))
         nRotateY = ((const SfxInt32Item&)rAttr.Get(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_ROT_Y)).GetValue();
 
-    // Shear
+    // shearing
     if (SFX_ITEM_SET==rAttr.GetItemState(SID_ATTR_TRANSFORM_SHEAR,sal_True,&pPoolItem)) {
         long nNewShearAngle=((const SfxInt32Item*)pPoolItem)->GetValue();
         if (nNewShearAngle>SDRMAXSHEAR) nNewShearAngle=SDRMAXSHEAR;
@@ -1430,7 +1417,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
                 nShearAngle=nNewShearAngle;
             } else {
                 if (nNewShearAngle!=0 && nOldShearAngle!=0) {
-                    // Bugfix #25714#.
+                    // bug fix
                     double nOld=tan((double)nOldShearAngle*nPi180);
                     double nNew=tan((double)nNewShearAngle*nPi180);
                     nNew-=nOld;
@@ -1461,7 +1448,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
         bSetAttr=sal_True;
     }
 
-    // Eckenradius
+    // corner radius
     if (bEdgeRadiusAllowed && SFX_ITEM_SET==rAttr.GetItemState(SDRATTR_ECKENRADIUS,sal_True,&pPoolItem)) {
         long nRadius=((SdrEckenradiusItem*)pPoolItem)->GetValue();
         aSetAttr.Put(SdrEckenradiusItem(nRadius));
@@ -1476,7 +1463,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
         SetAttrToMarked(aSetAttr,sal_False);
     }
 
-    // Groesse und Hoehe aendern
+    // change size and height
     if (bChgSiz && (bResizeFreeAllowed || bResizePropAllowed)) {
         Fraction aWdt(nSizX,aRect.Right()-aRect.Left());
         Fraction aHgt(nSizY,aRect.Bottom()-aRect.Top());
@@ -1490,7 +1477,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
         ResizeMarkedObj(aRef,aWdt,aHgt);
     }
 
-    // Rotieren
+    // rotate
     if (bRotate && (bRotateFreeAllowed || bRotate90Allowed)) {
         Point aRef(nRotateX,nRotateY);
 
@@ -1502,7 +1489,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
         RotateMarkedObj(aRef,nRotateAngle);
     }
 
-    // #86909# set rotation point position
+    // set rotation point position
     if(bModeIsRotate && (nRotateX != nOldRotateX || nRotateY != nOldRotateY))
     {
         Point aNewRef1(nRotateX, nRotateY);
@@ -1515,7 +1502,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
         SetRef1(aNewRef1);
     }
 
-    // Shear
+    // shear
     if (bShear && bShearAllowed) {
         Point aRef(nShearX,nShearY);
 
@@ -1534,7 +1521,7 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
         // or not. Taking out.
     }
 
-    // Position aendern
+    // change position
     if (bChgPos && bMoveAllowed) {
         MoveMarkedObj(Size(nPosDX,nPosDY));
     }
@@ -1613,12 +1600,12 @@ void SdrEditView::SetGeoAttrToMarked(const SfxItemSet& rAttr)
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 sal_Bool SdrEditView::IsAlignPossible() const
-{  // Mindestens 2 markierte Objekte, davon mind. 1 beweglich
+{  // at least two selected objects, at least one of them movable
     ForcePossibilities();
     sal_uIntPtr nAnz=GetMarkedObjectCount();
-    if (nAnz==0) return sal_False;         // Nix markiert!
-    if (nAnz==1) return bMoveAllowed;  // einzelnes Obj an der Seite ausrichten
-    return bOneOrMoreMovable;          // ansonsten ist MarkCount>=2
+    if (nAnz==0) return sal_False;         // nothing selected!
+    if (nAnz==1) return bMoveAllowed;  // align single object to page
+    return bOneOrMoreMovable;          // otherwise: MarkCount>=2
 }
 
 void SdrEditView::AlignMarkedObjects(SdrHorAlign eHor, SdrVertAlign eVert, sal_Bool bBoundRects)
@@ -1685,7 +1672,7 @@ void SdrEditView::AlignMarkedObjects(SdrHorAlign eHor, SdrVertAlign eVert, sal_B
     if (!bHasFixed)
     {
         if (nMarkAnz==1)
-        {   // einzelnes Obj an der Seite ausrichten
+        {   // align single object to page
             const SdrObject* pObj=GetMarkedObjectByIndex(0L);
             const SdrPage* pPage=pObj->GetPage();
             const SdrPageGridFrameList* pGFL=pPage->GetGridFrameList(GetSdrPageViewOfMarkedByIndex(0),&(pObj->GetSnapRect()));
@@ -1743,7 +1730,7 @@ void SdrEditView::AlignMarkedObjects(SdrHorAlign eHor, SdrVertAlign eVert, sal_B
             }
             if (nXMov!=0 || nYMov!=0)
             {
-                // #104104# SdrEdgeObj needs an extra SdrUndoGeoObj since the
+                // SdrEdgeObj needs an extra SdrUndoGeoObj since the
                 // connections may need to be saved
                 if( bUndo )
                 {
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv2.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv2.cxx
index 4b5ec2367a13..98a89f06b79e 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv2.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv2.cxx
@@ -30,15 +30,15 @@
 #include <svx/svdedtv.hxx>
 #include <editeng/outliner.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdundo.hxx>
-#include <svx/svdogrp.hxx>   // fuer's Gruppieren
-#include <svx/svdovirt.hxx>  // fuer VirtualObject-Bundling (Writer)
-#include <svx/svdopath.hxx>  // fuer CombineObjects
+#include <svx/svdogrp.hxx>   // for grouping objects
+#include <svx/svdovirt.hxx>  // for VirtualObject bundling (Writer)
+#include <svx/svdopath.hxx>  // for CombineObjects
 #include <svx/svdpage.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpagv.hxx>
 #include "svx/svditer.hxx"
-#include <svx/svdograf.hxx>  // fuer Possibilities
-#include <svx/svdoole2.hxx>  // und Mtf-Import
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // Namen aus der Resource
+#include <svx/svdograf.hxx>  // for Possibilities
+#include <svx/svdoole2.hxx>  // and Mtf-Import
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // names taken from the resource
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // StringCache
 #include "svdfmtf.hxx"
 #include <svx/svdetc.hxx>
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MovMarkedToTop()
         SortMarkedObjects();
         sal_uIntPtr nm;
         for (nm=0; nm<nAnz; nm++)
-        { // Ordnums muessen alle stimmen!
+        { // All Ordnums have to be correct!
             GetMarkedObjectByIndex(nm)->GetOrdNum();
         }
         sal_Bool bChg=sal_False;
@@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ void SdrEditView::MovMarkedToTop()
                 if (nMaxPos!=0)
                     nMaxPos--;
                 if (nNewPos>nMaxPos)
-                    nNewPos=nMaxPos; // diesen nicht ueberholen.
+                    nNewPos=nMaxPos; // neither go faster...
                 if (nNewPos<nNowPos)
-                    nNewPos=nNowPos; // aber dabei auch nicht in die falsche Richtung schieben
+                    nNewPos=nNowPos; // nor go in the other direction
             }
             sal_Bool bEnd=sal_False;
             while (nCmpPos<nNewPos && !bEnd)
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MovMarkedToTop()
                 SdrObject* pCmpObj=pOL->GetObj(nCmpPos);
                 if (pCmpObj==NULL)
                 {
-                    OSL_FAIL("MovMarkedToTop(): Vergleichsobjekt nicht gefunden");
+                    OSL_FAIL("MovMarkedToTop(): Reference object not found.");
                     bEnd=sal_True;
                 }
                 else if (pCmpObj==pMaxObj)
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MovMarkedToBtm()
         SortMarkedObjects();
         sal_uIntPtr nm;
         for (nm=0; nm<nAnz; nm++)
-        { // Ordnums muessen alle stimmen!
+        { // All Ordnums have to be correct!
             GetMarkedObjectByIndex(nm)->GetOrdNum();
         }
 
@@ -199,20 +199,20 @@ void SdrEditView::MovMarkedToBtm()
             {
                 sal_uIntPtr nMinPos=pMaxObj->GetOrdNum()+1;
                 if (nNewPos<nMinPos)
-                    nNewPos=nMinPos; // diesen nicht ueberholen.
+                    nNewPos=nMinPos; // neither go faster...
                 if (nNewPos>nNowPos)
-                    nNewPos=nNowPos; // aber dabei auch nicht in die falsche Richtung schieben
+                    nNewPos=nNowPos; // nor go in the other direction
             }
             sal_Bool bEnd=sal_False;
-            // nNewPos ist an dieser Stelle noch die maximale Position,
-            // an der das Obj hinruecken darf, ohne seinen Vorgaenger
-            // (Mehrfachselektion) zu ueberholen.
+            // nNewPos in this case is the "maximum" position
+            // the object may reach without going faster than the object before
+            // it (multiple selection).
             while (nCmpPos>nNewPos && !bEnd)
             {
                 SdrObject* pCmpObj=pOL->GetObj(nCmpPos);
                 if (pCmpObj==NULL)
                 {
-                    OSL_FAIL("MovMarkedToBtm(): Vergleichsobjekt nicht gefunden");
+                    OSL_FAIL("MovMarkedToBtm(): Reference object not found.");
                     bEnd=sal_True;
                 }
                 else if (pCmpObj==pMaxObj)
@@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ void SdrEditView::PutMarkedInFrontOfObj(const SdrObject* pRefObj)
 
         if (pRefObj!=NULL)
         {
-            // Damit "Vor das Objekt" auch funktioniert wenn die
-            // markierten Objekte bereits vor dem Objekt stehen
+            // Make "in front of the object" work, even if the
+            // selected objects are already in front of the other object
             sal_uIntPtr nRefMark=TryToFindMarkedObject(pRefObj);
             SdrMark aRefMark;
             if (nRefMark!=CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND)
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ void SdrEditView::PutMarkedInFrontOfObj(const SdrObject* pRefObj)
         }
         sal_uIntPtr nm;
         for (nm=0; nm<nAnz; nm++)
-        { // Ordnums muessen alle stimmen!
+        { // All Ordnums have to be correct!
             GetMarkedObjectByIndex(nm)->GetOrdNum();
         }
         sal_Bool bChg=sal_False;
@@ -309,27 +309,27 @@ void SdrEditView::PutMarkedInFrontOfObj(const SdrObject* pRefObj)
                 SdrObject* pMaxObj=GetMaxToTopObj(pObj);
                 if (pMaxObj!=NULL)
                 {
-                    sal_uIntPtr nMaxOrd=pMaxObj->GetOrdNum(); // geht leider nicht anders
+                    sal_uIntPtr nMaxOrd=pMaxObj->GetOrdNum(); // sadly doesn't work any other way
                     if (nMaxOrd>0)
                         nMaxOrd--;
                     if (nNewPos>nMaxOrd)
-                        nNewPos=nMaxOrd; // nicht ueberholen.
+                        nNewPos=nMaxOrd; // neither go faster...
                     if (nNewPos<nNowPos)
-                        nNewPos=nNowPos; // aber dabei auch nicht in die falsche Richtung schieben
+                        nNewPos=nNowPos; // nor go into the other direction
                 }
                 if (pRefObj!=NULL)
                 {
                     if (pRefObj->GetObjList()==pObj->GetObjList())
                     {
-                        sal_uIntPtr nMaxOrd=pRefObj->GetOrdNum(); // geht leider nicht anders
+                        sal_uIntPtr nMaxOrd=pRefObj->GetOrdNum(); // sadly doesn't work any other way
                         if (nNewPos>nMaxOrd)
-                            nNewPos=nMaxOrd; // nicht ueberholen.
+                            nNewPos=nMaxOrd; // neither go faster...
                         if (nNewPos<nNowPos)
-                            nNewPos=nNowPos; // aber dabei auch nicht in die falsche Richtung schieben
+                            nNewPos=nNowPos; // nor go into the other direction
                     }
                     else
                     {
-                        nNewPos=nNowPos; // andere PageView, also nicht veraendern
+                        nNewPos=nNowPos; // different PageView, so don't change
                     }
                 }
                 if (nNowPos!=nNewPos)
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ void SdrEditView::PutMarkedInFrontOfObj(const SdrObject* pRefObj)
                 }
                 nNewPos--;
             } // if (pObj!=pRefObj)
-        } // for-Schleife ueber alle Markierten Objekte
+        } // for loop over all selected objects
 
         if( bUndo )
             EndUndo();
@@ -370,8 +370,8 @@ void SdrEditView::PutMarkedBehindObj(const SdrObject* pRefObj)
         SortMarkedObjects();
         if (pRefObj!=NULL)
         {
-            // Damit "Hinter das Objekt" auch funktioniert wenn die
-            // markierten Objekte bereits hinter dem Objekt stehen
+            // Make "behind the object" work, even if the
+            // selected objects are already behind the other object
             sal_uIntPtr nRefMark=TryToFindMarkedObject(pRefObj);
             SdrMark aRefMark;
             if (nRefMark!=CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND)
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ void SdrEditView::PutMarkedBehindObj(const SdrObject* pRefObj)
             }
         }
         sal_uIntPtr nm;
-        for (nm=0; nm<nAnz; nm++) { // Ordnums muessen alle stimmen!
+        for (nm=0; nm<nAnz; nm++) { // All Ordnums have to be correct!
             GetMarkedObjectByIndex(nm)->GetOrdNum();
         }
         sal_Bool bChg=sal_False;
@@ -405,17 +405,17 @@ void SdrEditView::PutMarkedBehindObj(const SdrObject* pRefObj)
                 sal_uIntPtr nNowPos=pObj->GetOrdNumDirect();
                 SdrObject* pMinObj=GetMaxToBtmObj(pObj);
                 if (pMinObj!=NULL) {
-                    sal_uIntPtr nMinOrd=pMinObj->GetOrdNum()+1; // geht leider nicht anders
-                    if (nNewPos<nMinOrd) nNewPos=nMinOrd; // nicht ueberholen.
-                    if (nNewPos>nNowPos) nNewPos=nNowPos; // aber dabei auch nicht in die falsche Richtung schieben
+                    sal_uIntPtr nMinOrd=pMinObj->GetOrdNum()+1; // sadly doesn't work any differently
+                    if (nNewPos<nMinOrd) nNewPos=nMinOrd; // neither go faster...
+                    if (nNewPos>nNowPos) nNewPos=nNowPos; // nor go into the other direction
                 }
                 if (pRefObj!=NULL) {
                     if (pRefObj->GetObjList()==pObj->GetObjList()) {
-                        sal_uIntPtr nMinOrd=pRefObj->GetOrdNum(); // geht leider nicht anders
-                        if (nNewPos<nMinOrd) nNewPos=nMinOrd; // nicht ueberholen.
-                        if (nNewPos>nNowPos) nNewPos=nNowPos; // aber dabei auch nicht in die falsche Richtung schieben
+                        sal_uIntPtr nMinOrd=pRefObj->GetOrdNum(); // sadly doesn't work any differently
+                        if (nNewPos<nMinOrd) nNewPos=nMinOrd; // neither go faster...
+                        if (nNewPos>nNowPos) nNewPos=nNowPos; // nor go into the other direction
                     } else {
-                        nNewPos=nNowPos; // andere PageView, also nicht veraendern
+                        nNewPos=nNowPos; // different PageView, so don't change
                     }
                 }
                 if (nNowPos!=nNewPos) {
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ void SdrEditView::PutMarkedBehindObj(const SdrObject* pRefObj)
                 }
                 nNewPos++;
             } // if (pObj!=pRefObj)
-        } // for-Schleife ueber alle markierten Objekte
+        } // for loop over all selected objects
 
         if(bUndo)
             EndUndo();
@@ -452,13 +452,13 @@ void SdrEditView::ReverseOrderOfMarked()
 
         sal_uIntPtr a=0;
         do {
-            // Markierung ueber mehrere PageViews berueksichtigen
+            // take into account selection across multiple PageViews
             sal_uIntPtr b=a+1;
             while (b<nMarkAnz && GetSdrPageViewOfMarkedByIndex(b) == GetSdrPageViewOfMarkedByIndex(a)) b++;
             b--;
             SdrObjList* pOL=GetSdrPageViewOfMarkedByIndex(a)->GetObjList();
             sal_uIntPtr c=b;
-            if (a<c) { // Sicherstellen, dass die OrdNums nicht Dirty sind
+            if (a<c) { // make sure OrdNums aren't dirty
                 GetMarkedObjectByIndex(a)->GetOrdNum();
             }
             while (a<c) {
@@ -472,9 +472,9 @@ void SdrEditView::ReverseOrderOfMarked()
                     AddUndo(GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoObjectOrdNum(*pObj2,nOrd2-1,nOrd1));
                 }
                 pOL->SetObjectOrdNum(nOrd1,nOrd2);
-                // Obj 2 ist um eine Position nach vorn gerutscht, deshalb nun nOrd2-1
+                // Obj 2 has moved forward by one position, so now nOrd2-1
                 pOL->SetObjectOrdNum(nOrd2-1,nOrd1);
-                // Verwendung von Replace statt SetOrdNum wg. Performance (Neuberechnung der Ordnums)
+                // use Replace instead of SetOrdNum for performance reasons (recalculation of Ordnums)
                 a++; c--;
                 bChg=sal_True;
             }
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpCheckToTopBtmPossible()
     if (nAnz==0)
         return;
     if (nAnz==1)
-    { // Sonderbehandlung fuer Einzelmarkierung
+    { // special-casing for single selection
         SdrObject* pObj=GetMarkedObjectByIndex(0);
         SdrObjList* pOL=pObj->GetObjList();
         sal_uIntPtr nMax=pOL->GetObjCount();
@@ -513,11 +513,11 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpCheckToTopBtmPossible()
         }
         bToTopPossible=nObjNum<sal_uIntPtr(nMax-1);
         bToBtmPossible=nObjNum>nMin;
-    } else { // Mehrfachselektion
+    } else { // multiple selection
         sal_uIntPtr nm=0;
         SdrObjList* pOL0=NULL;
         long nPos0=-1;
-        while (!bToBtmPossible && nm<nAnz) { // 'nach hinten' checken
+        while (!bToBtmPossible && nm<nAnz) { // check 'send to background'
             SdrObject* pObj=GetMarkedObjectByIndex(nm);
             SdrObjList* pOL=pObj->GetObjList();
             if (pOL!=pOL0) {
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpCheckToTopBtmPossible()
         nm=nAnz;
         pOL0=NULL;
         nPos0=0x7FFFFFFF;
-        while (!bToTopPossible && nm>0) { // 'nach vorn' checken
+        while (!bToTopPossible && nm>0) { // check 'bring to front'
             nm--;
             SdrObject* pObj=GetMarkedObjectByIndex(nm);
             SdrObjList* pOL=pObj->GetObjList();
@@ -548,22 +548,14 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpCheckToTopBtmPossible()
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//   @@@@    @@@@   @@   @@  @@@@@   @@  @@  @@  @@@@@
-//  @@  @@  @@  @@  @@@ @@@  @@  @@  @@  @@@ @@  @@
-//  @@      @@  @@  @@@@@@@  @@  @@  @@  @@@@@@  @@
-//  @@      @@  @@  @@@@@@@  @@@@@   @@  @@@@@@  @@@@
-//  @@      @@  @@  @@ @ @@  @@  @@  @@  @@ @@@  @@
-//  @@  @@  @@  @@  @@   @@  @@  @@  @@  @@  @@  @@
-//   @@@@    @@@@   @@   @@  @@@@@   @@  @@  @@  @@@@@
-//
+// Combine
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void SdrEditView::ImpCopyAttributes(const SdrObject* pSource, SdrObject* pDest) const
 {
     if (pSource!=NULL) {
         SdrObjList* pOL=pSource->GetSubList();
-        if (pOL!=NULL && !pSource->Is3DObj()) { // erstes Nichtgruppenobjekt aus der Gruppe holen
+        if (pOL!=NULL && !pSource->Is3DObj()) { // get first non-group object from group
             SdrObjListIter aIter(*pOL,IM_DEEPNOGROUPS);
             pSource=aIter.Next();
         }
@@ -575,7 +567,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpCopyAttributes(const SdrObject* pSource, SdrObject* pDest)
             SDRATTR_START,              SDRATTR_NOTPERSIST_FIRST-1,
             SDRATTR_NOTPERSIST_LAST+1,  SDRATTR_END,
             EE_ITEMS_START,             EE_ITEMS_END,
-            0, 0); // #52757#, #52762#
+            0, 0);
 
         aSet.Put(pSource->GetMergedItemSet());
 
@@ -589,7 +581,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpCopyAttributes(const SdrObject* pSource, SdrObject* pDest)
 
 sal_Bool SdrEditView::ImpCanConvertForCombine1(const SdrObject* pObj) const
 {
-    // #69711 : new condition IsLine() to be able to combine simple Lines
+    // new condition IsLine() to be able to combine simple Lines
     sal_Bool bIsLine(sal_False);
 
     const SdrPathObj* pPath = PTR_CAST(SdrPathObj,pObj);
@@ -617,7 +609,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrEditView::ImpCanConvertForCombine(const SdrObject* pObj) const
         {
             SdrObject* pObj1 = aIter.Next();
 
-            // Es muessen alle Member einer Gruppe konvertierbar sein
+            // all members of a group have to be convertible
             if(!ImpCanConvertForCombine1(pObj1))
             {
                 return sal_False;
@@ -862,7 +854,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DistributeMarkedObjects()
 
                     if(eHor == SvxDistributeHorizontalDistance)
                     {
-                        // calc room in-between
+                        // calculate room in-between
                         sal_Int32 nWidth = GetAllMarkedBoundRect().GetWidth() + 1;
                         double fStepWidth = ((double)nWidth - (double)nFullLength) / (double)(aEntryList.size() - 1);
                         double fStepStart = (double)aEntryList[ 0 ]->mnPos;
@@ -882,7 +874,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DistributeMarkedObjects()
                     }
                     else
                     {
-                        // calc distances
+                        // calculate distances
                         sal_Int32 nWidth = aEntryList[ aEntryList.size() - 1 ]->mnPos - aEntryList[ 0 ]->mnPos;
                         double fStepWidth = (double)nWidth / (double)(aEntryList.size() - 1);
                         double fStepStart = (double)aEntryList[ 0 ]->mnPos;
@@ -957,7 +949,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DistributeMarkedObjects()
 
                     if(eVer == SvxDistributeVerticalDistance)
                     {
-                        // calc room in-between
+                        // calculate room in-between
                         sal_Int32 nHeight = GetAllMarkedBoundRect().GetHeight() + 1;
                         double fStepWidth = ((double)nHeight - (double)nFullLength) / (double)(aEntryList.size() - 1);
                         double fStepStart = (double)aEntryList[ 0 ]->mnPos;
@@ -977,7 +969,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DistributeMarkedObjects()
                     }
                     else
                     {
-                        // calc distances
+                        // calculate distances
                         sal_Int32 nHeight = aEntryList[ aEntryList.size() - 1 ]->mnPos - aEntryList[ 0 ]->mnPos;
                         double fStepWidth = (double)nHeight / (double)(aEntryList.size() - 1);
                         double fStepStart = (double)aEntryList[ 0 ]->mnPos;
@@ -1057,7 +1049,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MergeMarkedObjects(SdrMergeMode eMode)
                 pInsPV = pM->GetPageView();
                 pInsOL = pObj->GetObjList();
 
-                // #i76891# use single iter from SJ here whcih works on SdrObjects and takes
+                // #i76891# use single iteration from SJ here which works on SdrObjects and takes
                 // groups into account by itself
                 SdrObjListIter aIter(*pObj, IM_DEEPWITHGROUPS);
 
@@ -1075,7 +1067,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MergeMarkedObjects(SdrMergeMode eMode)
                         aTmpPoly = basegfx::tools::simplifyCurveSegments(aTmpPoly);
 
                         // for each part polygon as preparation, remove self-intersections
-                        // correct orientations and get rid of evtl. neutral polygons.
+                        // correct orientations and get rid of possible neutral polygons.
                         aTmpPoly = basegfx::tools::prepareForPolygonOperation(aTmpPoly);
 
                         if(!bFirstObjectComplete)
@@ -1108,7 +1100,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MergeMarkedObjects(SdrMergeMode eMode)
                     }
                 }
 
-                // was there something added to the first poly?
+                // was there something added to the first polygon?
                 if(!bFirstObjectComplete && aMergePolyPolygonA.count())
                 {
                     bFirstObjectComplete = sal_True;
@@ -1220,7 +1212,6 @@ void SdrEditView::CombineMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bNoPolyPoly)
     // use this info. Do not convert LineToArea on Connect commands.
     // ConvertMarkedToPathObj(!bNoPolyPoly);
 
-    // #114310#
     // This is used for Combine and Connect. In no case it is necessary to force
     // the content to curve, but it is also not good to force to polygons. Thus,
     // curve is the less information loosing one. Remember: This place is not
@@ -1257,7 +1248,7 @@ void SdrEditView::CombineMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bNoPolyPoly)
 
         if(ImpCanConvertForCombine(pObj))
         {
-            // Obj merken fuer Attribute kopieren
+            // remember objects to be able to copy attributes
             pAttrObj = pObj;
 
             // unfortunately ConvertMarkedToPathObj has converted all
@@ -1296,7 +1287,7 @@ void SdrEditView::CombineMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bNoPolyPoly)
         }
         else
         {
-            // auf Polyline Checken
+            // check for Polyline
             const basegfx::B2DPolygon aPolygon(aPolyPolygon.getB2DPolygon(0L));
             const sal_uInt32 nPointCount(aPolygon.count());
 
@@ -1327,14 +1318,13 @@ void SdrEditView::CombineMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bNoPolyPoly)
 
         SdrPathObj* pPath = new SdrPathObj(eKind,aPolyPolygon);
 
-        // Attribute des untersten Objekts
+        // attributes of the lowest object
         ImpCopyAttributes(pAttrObj, pPath);
 
-        // #100408# If LineStyle of pAttrObj is XLINE_NONE force to XLINE_SOLID to make visible.
+        // If LineStyle of pAttrObj is XLINE_NONE force to XLINE_SOLID to make visible.
         const XLineStyle eLineStyle = ((const XLineStyleItem&)pAttrObj->GetMergedItem(XATTR_LINESTYLE)).GetValue();
         const XFillStyle eFillStyle = ((const XFillStyleItem&)pAttrObj->GetMergedItem(XATTR_FILLSTYLE)).GetValue();
 
-        // #110635#
         // Take fill style/closed state of pAttrObj in account when deciding to change the line style
         sal_Bool bIsClosedPathObj(pAttrObj->ISA(SdrPathObj) && ((SdrPathObj*)pAttrObj)->IsClosed());
 
@@ -1348,7 +1338,6 @@ void SdrEditView::CombineMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bNoPolyPoly)
         if( bUndo )
             AddUndo(GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoNewObject(*pPath));
 
-        // #111111#
         // Here was a severe error: Without UnmarkAllObj, the new object was marked
         // additionally to the two ones which are deleted below. As long as those are
         // in the UNDO there is no problem, but as soon as they get deleted, the
@@ -1357,27 +1346,19 @@ void SdrEditView::CombineMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bNoPolyPoly)
         MarkObj(pPath, pInsPV, sal_False, sal_True);
     }
 
-    // UndoComment aus den tatsaechlich verwendeten Objekten zusammenbauen
-    aRemoveMerker.ForceSort(); // wichtig fuer Remove (s.u.)
+    // build an UndoComment from the objects actually used
+    aRemoveMerker.ForceSort(); // important for remove (see below)
     if( bUndo )
         SetUndoComment(ImpGetResStr(bNoPolyPoly?STR_EditCombine_OnePoly:STR_EditCombine_PolyPoly),aRemoveMerker.GetMarkDescription());
 
-    // die tatsaechlich verwendeten Objekten aus der Liste entfernen
+    // remove objects actually used from the list
     DeleteMarkedList(aRemoveMerker);
     if( bUndo )
         EndUndo();
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  @@@@@   @@   @@@@   @@   @@   @@@@   @@  @@  @@@@@@  @@     @@@@@
-//  @@  @@  @@  @@  @@  @@@ @@@  @@  @@  @@@ @@    @@    @@     @@
-//  @@  @@  @@  @@      @@@@@@@  @@  @@  @@@@@@    @@    @@     @@
-//  @@  @@  @@   @@@@   @@@@@@@  @@@@@@  @@@@@@    @@    @@     @@@@
-//  @@  @@  @@      @@  @@ @ @@  @@  @@  @@ @@@    @@    @@     @@
-//  @@  @@  @@  @@  @@  @@   @@  @@  @@  @@  @@    @@    @@     @@
-//  @@@@@   @@   @@@@   @@   @@  @@  @@  @@  @@    @@    @@@@@  @@@@@
-//
+// Dismantle
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 sal_Bool SdrEditView::ImpCanDismantle(const basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& rPpolyPolygon, sal_Bool bMakeLines) const
@@ -1407,14 +1388,13 @@ sal_Bool SdrEditView::ImpCanDismantle(const basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& rPpolyPolyg
 
 sal_Bool SdrEditView::ImpCanDismantle(const SdrObject* pObj, sal_Bool bMakeLines) const
 {
-    sal_Bool bOtherObjs(sal_False);    // sal_True=andere Objekte ausser PathObj's vorhanden
-    sal_Bool bMin1PolyPoly(sal_False); // sal_True=mind. 1 PolyPolygon mit mehr als ein Polygon vorhanden
+    sal_Bool bOtherObjs(sal_False);    // sal_True=objects other than PathObj's existent
+    sal_Bool bMin1PolyPoly(sal_False); // sal_True=at least 1 PolyPolygon with more than one Polygon existent
     SdrObjList* pOL = pObj->GetSubList();
 
     if(pOL)
     {
-        // Aha, Gruppenobjekt. Also alle Member ansehen.
-        // Alle muessen PathObjs sein !
+        // group object -- check all members if they're PathObjs
         SdrObjListIter aIter(*pOL, IM_DEEPNOGROUPS);
 
         while(aIter.IsMore() && !bOtherObjs)
@@ -1434,7 +1414,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrEditView::ImpCanDismantle(const SdrObject* pObj, sal_Bool bMakeLines
 
                 if(!aInfo.bCanConvToPath)
                 {
-                    // Passiert z.B. im Falle Fontwork (Joe, 28-11-95)
+                    // happens e. g. in the case of FontWork
                     bOtherObjs = sal_True;
                 }
             }
@@ -1460,10 +1440,10 @@ sal_Bool SdrEditView::ImpCanDismantle(const SdrObject* pObj, sal_Bool bMakeLines
             SdrObjTransformInfoRec aInfo;
             pObj->TakeObjInfo(aInfo);
 
-            // #69711 : new condition IsLine() to be able to break simple Lines
+            // new condition IsLine() to be able to break simple Lines
             if(!(aInfo.bCanConvToPath || aInfo.bCanConvToPoly) && !pPath->IsLine())
             {
-                // Passiert z.B. im Falle Fontwork (Joe, 28-11-95)
+                // happens e. g. in the case of FontWork
                 bOtherObjs = sal_True;
             }
         }
@@ -1493,7 +1473,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpDismantleOneObject(const SdrObject* pObj, SdrObjList& rOL,
     if(pSrcPath)
     {
         // #i74631# redesigned due to XpolyPolygon removal and explicit constructors
-        SdrObject* pLast = 0; // fuer die Zuweisung des OutlinerParaObject
+        SdrObject* pLast = 0; // to be able to apply OutlinerParaObject
         const basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& rPolyPolygon(pSrcPath->GetPathPoly());
         const sal_uInt32 nPolyCount(rPolyPolygon.count());
 
@@ -1637,7 +1617,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ImpDismantleOneObject(const SdrObject* pObj, SdrObjList& rOL,
 void SdrEditView::DismantleMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bMakeLines)
 {
     //sal_uInt32 nCnt(0);
-    // Temporaere Marklist
+    // temporary MarkList
     SdrMarkList aRemoveMerker;
 
     SortMarkedObjects();
@@ -1646,7 +1626,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DismantleMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bMakeLines)
 
     if( bUndo )
     {
-        // Der Comment wird spaeter zusammengebaut
+        // comment is constructed later
         BegUndo(String(), String(),
             bMakeLines ? SDRREPFUNC_OBJ_DISMANTLE_LINES : SDRREPFUNC_OBJ_DISMANTLE_POLYS);
     }
@@ -1660,7 +1640,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DismantleMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bMakeLines)
         SdrObject* pObj=pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
         SdrPageView* pPV=pM->GetPageView();
         SdrObjList* pOL=pObj->GetObjList();
-        if (pOL!=pOL0) { pOL0=pOL; pObj->GetOrdNum(); } // sicherstellen, dass OrdNums stimmen!
+        if (pOL!=pOL0) { pOL0=pOL; pObj->GetOrdNum(); } // make sure OrdNums are correct!
         if (ImpCanDismantle(pObj,bMakeLines)) {
             aRemoveMerker.InsertEntry(SdrMark(pObj,pM->GetPageView()));
             sal_uIntPtr nPos0=pObj->GetOrdNumDirect();
@@ -1686,21 +1666,15 @@ void SdrEditView::DismantleMarkedObjects(sal_Bool bMakeLines)
 
     if( bUndo )
     {
-        // UndoComment aus den tatsaechlich verwendeten Objekten zusammenbauen
+        // construct UndoComment from objects actually used
         SetUndoComment(ImpGetResStr(bMakeLines?STR_EditDismantle_Lines:STR_EditDismantle_Polys),aRemoveMerker.GetMarkDescription());
-        // die tatsaechlich verwendeten Objekten aus der Liste entfernen
+        // remove objects actually used from the list
         EndUndo();
     }
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//   #### ####   ###  #   # ####
-//  #     #   # #   # #   # #   #
-//  #  ## ####  #   # #   # ####
-//  #   # #   # #   # #   # #
-//   #### #   #  ###   ###  #
-//
+// Group
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void SdrEditView::GroupMarked(const SdrObject* pUserGrp)
@@ -1717,7 +1691,7 @@ void SdrEditView::GroupMarked(const SdrObject* pUserGrp)
             const sal_uIntPtr nAnz = GetMarkedObjectCount();
             for(sal_uIntPtr nm = nAnz; nm>0; )
             {
-                // UndoActions fuer alle betroffenen Objekte anlegen
+                // add UndoActions for all affected objects
                 nm--;
                 SdrMark* pM=GetSdrMarkByIndex(nm);
                 SdrObject* pObj = pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
@@ -1736,15 +1710,15 @@ void SdrEditView::GroupMarked(const SdrObject* pUserGrp)
             SdrObjList* pSrcLst=pAktLst;
             SdrObjList* pSrcLst0=pSrcLst;
             SdrPage*    pPage=pPV->GetPage();
-            // sicherstellen, dass die OrdNums stimmen
+            // make sure OrdNums are correct
             if (pSrcLst->IsObjOrdNumsDirty())
                 pSrcLst->RecalcObjOrdNums();
             SdrObject*  pGrp=NULL;
-            SdrObject*  pRefObj=NULL; // Referenz fuer InsertReason (-> rumankern im Writer)
-            SdrObject*  pRefObj1=NULL; // Referenz fuer InsertReason (-> rumankern im Writer)
+            SdrObject*  pRefObj=NULL; // reference for InsertReason (-> anchors in Writer)
+            SdrObject*  pRefObj1=NULL; // reference for InsertReason (-> anchors in Writer)
             SdrObjList* pDstLst=NULL;
-            // Falls alle markierten Objekte aus Fremden Obj-Listen
-            // kommen, kommt das Gruppenobjekt an das Ende der Liste.
+            // if all selected objects come from foreign object lists.
+            // the group object is the last one in the list.
             sal_uIntPtr       nInsPos=pSrcLst->GetObjCount();
             sal_Bool    bNeedInsPos=sal_True;
             for (sal_uIntPtr nm=GetMarkedObjectCount(); nm>0;)
@@ -1760,7 +1734,7 @@ void SdrEditView::GroupMarked(const SdrObject* pUserGrp)
                         if (pGrp==NULL)
                             pGrp=new SdrObjGroup;
                         pDstLst=pGrp->GetSubList();
-                        DBG_ASSERT(pDstLst!=NULL,"Angebliches Gruppenobjekt liefert keine Objektliste");
+                        DBG_ASSERT(pDstLst!=NULL,"Alleged group object doesn't return object list.");
                     }
                     SdrObject* pObj=pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
                     pSrcLst=pObj->GetObjList();
@@ -1773,22 +1747,22 @@ void SdrEditView::GroupMarked(const SdrObject* pUserGrp)
                     sal_Bool bGrouped=pSrcLst!=pPage;
                     if (!bForeignList && bNeedInsPos)
                     {
-                        nInsPos=pObj->GetOrdNum(); // ua, damit sind alle ObjOrdNum der Page gesetzt
+                        nInsPos=pObj->GetOrdNum(); // this way, all ObjOrdNum of the page are set
                         nInsPos++;
                         bNeedInsPos=sal_False;
                     }
                     pSrcLst->RemoveObject(pObj->GetOrdNumDirect());
                     if (!bForeignList)
-                        nInsPos--; // InsertPos korregieren
+                        nInsPos--; // correct InsertPos
                     SdrInsertReason aReason(SDRREASON_VIEWCALL);
                     pDstLst->InsertObject(pObj,0,&aReason);
                     GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().DeleteMark(nm);
                     if (pRefObj1==NULL)
-                        pRefObj1=pObj; // Das oberste sichtbare Objekt
+                        pRefObj1=pObj; // the topmost visible object
                     if (!bGrouped)
                     {
                         if (pRefObj==NULL)
-                            pRefObj=pObj; // Das oberste sichtbare nicht gruppierte Objekt
+                            pRefObj=pObj; // the topmost visible non-group object
                     }
                     pSrcLst0=pSrcLst;
                 }
@@ -1803,7 +1777,7 @@ void SdrEditView::GroupMarked(const SdrObject* pUserGrp)
                 pAktLst->InsertObject(pGrp,nInsPos,&aReason);
                 if( bUndo )
                 {
-                    AddUndo(GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoNewObject(*pGrp,true)); // Kein Recalc!
+                    AddUndo(GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoNewObject(*pGrp,true)); // no recalculation!
                     for (sal_uIntPtr no=0; no<nAnz; no++)
                     {
                         AddUndo(GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoInsertObject(*pDstLst->GetObj(no)));
@@ -1820,13 +1794,7 @@ void SdrEditView::GroupMarked(const SdrObject* pUserGrp)
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  #   # #   #  #### ####   ###  #   # ####
-//  #   # ##  # #     #   # #   # #   # #   #
-//  #   # # # # #  ## ####  #   # #   # ####
-//  #   # #  ## #   # #   # #   # #   # #
-//   ###  #   #  #### #   #  ###   ###  #
-//
+// Ungroup
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void SdrEditView::UnGroupMarked()
@@ -1849,14 +1817,14 @@ void SdrEditView::UnGroupMarked()
         if (pSrcLst!=NULL) {
             nCount++;
             if (nCount==1) {
-                pGrp->TakeObjNameSingul(aName);  // Bezeichnung der Gruppe holen
-                pGrp->TakeObjNamePlural(aName1); // Bezeichnung der Gruppe holen
+                pGrp->TakeObjNameSingul(aName);  // retrieve name of group
+                pGrp->TakeObjNamePlural(aName1); // retrieve name of group
                 bNameOk=sal_True;
             } else {
-                if (nCount==2) aName=aName1; // Pluralname setzen
+                if (nCount==2) aName=aName1; // set plural name
                 if (bNameOk) {
                     XubString aStr;
-                    pGrp->TakeObjNamePlural(aStr); // Bezeichnung der Gruppe holen
+                    pGrp->TakeObjNamePlural(aStr); // retrieve name of group
 
                     if(!aStr.Equals(aName))
                         bNameOk = sal_False;
@@ -1888,16 +1856,15 @@ void SdrEditView::UnGroupMarked()
                 if( bUndo )
                     AddUndo( GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoInsertObject(*pObj,true));
                 nDstCnt++;
-                // Kein SortCheck beim einfuegen in die MarkList, denn das
-                // wuerde wg. pObj->GetOrdNum() jedesmal ein RecalcOrdNums()
-                // provozieren:
+                // No SortCheck when inserting into MarkList, because that would
+                // provoke a RecalcOrdNums() each time because of pObj->GetOrdNum():
                 aNewMark.InsertEntry(SdrMark(pObj,pM->GetPageView()),sal_False);
             }
 
             if( bUndo )
             {
-                // Now it is safe to add the delete-UNDO which trigers the
-                // MigrateItemPool now only for itself, not for the subobjects.
+                // Now it is safe to add the delete-UNDO which triggers the
+                // MigrateItemPool now only for itself, not for the sub-objects.
                 // nDstCnt is right, because previous inserts move group
                 // object deeper and increase nDstCnt.
                 AddUndo(GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoDeleteObject(*pGrp));
@@ -1913,7 +1880,7 @@ void SdrEditView::UnGroupMarked()
     if (nCount!=0)
     {
         if (!bNameOk)
-            aName=ImpGetResStr(STR_ObjNamePluralGRUP); // Oberbegriff Gruppenobjekte verwenden, wenn verschiedene Objekte.
+            aName=ImpGetResStr(STR_ObjNamePluralGRUP); // Use the term "Group Objects," if different objects are grouped.
         SetUndoComment(ImpGetResStr(STR_EditUngroup),aName);
     }
 
@@ -1922,19 +1889,13 @@ void SdrEditView::UnGroupMarked()
 
     if (nCount!=0)
     {
-        GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().Merge(aNewMark,sal_True); // Durch das obige Einsortieren ist aNewMark genau verkehrtherum
+        GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().Merge(aNewMark,sal_True); // Because of the sorting above, aNewMark is reversed
         MarkListHasChanged();
     }
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//   ###   ###  #   # #   # ##### ####  #####   #####  ###    ####   ###  #  #   #
-//  #   # #   # ##  # #   # #     #   #   #       #   #   #   #   # #   # #   # #
-//  #     #   # # # # #   # ####  ####    #       #   #   #   ####  #   # #    #
-//  #   # #   # #  ##  # #  #     #   #   #       #   #   #   #     #   # #    #
-//   ###   ###  #   #   #   ##### #   #   #       #    ###    #      ###  #### #
-//
+// ConvertToPoly
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 SdrObject* SdrEditView::ImpConvertOneObj(SdrObject* pObj, sal_Bool bPath, sal_Bool bLineToArea)
@@ -1943,7 +1904,7 @@ SdrObject* SdrEditView::ImpConvertOneObj(SdrObject* pObj, sal_Bool bPath, sal_Bo
     if (pNewObj!=NULL)
     {
         SdrObjList* pOL=pObj->GetObjList();
-        DBG_ASSERT(pOL!=NULL,"ConvertTo: Obj liefert keine ObjList");
+        DBG_ASSERT(pOL!=NULL,"ConvertTo: Object doesn't return object list");
         if (pOL!=NULL)
         {
             const bool bUndo = IsUndoEnabled();
@@ -2023,13 +1984,7 @@ void SdrEditView::ConvertMarkedToPolyObj(sal_Bool bLineToArea)
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  #   # ##### #####  ###  ##### # #    #####      # #   # ####   ###  ####  #####
-//  ## ## #       #   #   # #     # #    #          # ## ## #   # #   # #   #   #
-//  # # # ####    #   ##### ###   # #    ####  ###  # # # # ####  #   # ####    #
-//  #   # #       #   #   # #     # #    #          # #   # #     #   # #   #   #
-//  #   # #####   #   #   # #     # #### #####      # #   # #      ###  #   #   #
-//
+// Metafile Import
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void SdrEditView::DoImportMarkedMtf(SvdProgressInfo *pProgrInfo)
@@ -2045,8 +2000,8 @@ void SdrEditView::DoImportMarkedMtf(SvdProgressInfo *pProgrInfo)
     sal_uIntPtr nAnz=GetMarkedObjectCount();
 
     for (sal_uIntPtr nm=nAnz; nm>0;)
-    { // Undo Objekte fuer alle neuen Objekte erzeugen
-        // zwischen den Metafiles auf Abbruch testen
+    { // create Undo objects for all new objects
+        // check for cancellation between the metafiles
         if( pProgrInfo != NULL )
         {
             pProgrInfo->SetNextObject();
@@ -2086,7 +2041,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DoImportMarkedMtf(SvdProgressInfo *pProgrInfo)
                 if( bUndo )
                     AddUndo(GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoNewObject(*pOL->GetObj(nObj)));
 
-                // Neue MarkList pflegen
+                // update new MarkList
                 SdrMark aNewMark(pOL->GetObj(nObj), pPV);
                 aNewMarked.InsertEntry(aNewMark);
 
@@ -2097,7 +2052,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DoImportMarkedMtf(SvdProgressInfo *pProgrInfo)
             if( bUndo )
                 AddUndo(GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoDeleteObject(*pObj));
 
-            // Objekt aus selektion loesen und loeschen
+            // remove object from selection and delete
             GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().DeleteMark(TryToFindMarkedObject(pObj));
             pOL->RemoveObject(nInsPos-1);
 
@@ -2106,10 +2061,9 @@ void SdrEditView::DoImportMarkedMtf(SvdProgressInfo *pProgrInfo)
         }
     }
 
-    // MarkObj... fehlt... jetzt nicht mehr (AW)
     if(aNewMarked.GetMarkCount())
     {
-        // Neue Selektion bilden
+        // create new selection
         for(sal_uIntPtr a(0); a < aNewMarked.GetMarkCount(); a++)
         {
             GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().InsertEntry(*aNewMarked.GetMark(a));
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedxv.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedxv.cxx
index 9c83f03ccf41..feee99794edf 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedxv.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedxv.cxx
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 #include "svx/svditer.hxx"
 #include "svx/svdpagv.hxx"
 #include "svx/svdpage.hxx"
-#include "svx/svdetc.hxx"   // fuer GetDraftFillColor
+#include "svx/svdetc.hxx"   // for GetDraftFillColor
 #include "svx/svdotable.hxx"
 #include <svx/selectioncontroller.hxx>
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <svx/svdoutl.hxx>
-#include <svx/svddrgv.hxx>  // fuer SetSolidDragging()
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // Namen aus der Resource
+#include <svx/svddrgv.hxx>  // for SetSolidDragging()
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // names taken from the resource
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // StringCache
 #include "svx/globl3d.hxx"
 #include <editeng/outliner.hxx>
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ SdrObjEditView::SdrObjEditView(SdrModel* pModel1, OutputDevice* pOut):
 
 SdrObjEditView::~SdrObjEditView()
 {
-    pTextEditWin = NULL;            // Damit es in SdrEndTextEdit kein ShowCursor gibt
+    pTextEditWin = NULL;            // so there's no ShowCursor in SdrEndTextEdit
     if (IsTextEdit()) SdrEndTextEdit();
     if (pTextEditOutliner!=NULL) {
         delete pTextEditOutliner;
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::TakeActionRect(Rectangle& rRect) const
 void SdrObjEditView::Notify(SfxBroadcaster& rBC, const SfxHint& rHint)
 {
     SdrGlueEditView::Notify(rBC,rHint);
-    // Printerwechsel waerend des Editierens
+    // change of printer while editing
     SdrHint* pSdrHint=PTR_CAST(SdrHint,&rHint);
     if (pSdrHint!=NULL && pTextEditOutliner!=NULL) {
         SdrHintKind eKind=pSdrHint->GetKind();
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::Notify(SfxBroadcaster& rBC, const SfxHint& rHint)
         if (eKind==HINT_DEFFONTHGTCHG) {
             // ...
         }
-        if (eKind==HINT_MODELSAVED) { // #43095#
+        if (eKind==HINT_MODELSAVED) {
             pTextEditOutliner->ClearModifyFlag();
         }
     }
@@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ void SdrObjEditView::Notify(SfxBroadcaster& rBC, const SfxHint& rHint)
 void SdrObjEditView::ModelHasChanged()
 {
     SdrGlueEditView::ModelHasChanged();
-    if (mxTextEditObj.is() && !mxTextEditObj->IsInserted()) SdrEndTextEdit(); // Objekt geloescht
-    // TextEditObj geaendert?
+    if (mxTextEditObj.is() && !mxTextEditObj->IsInserted()) SdrEndTextEdit(); // object deleted
+    // TextEditObj changed?
     if (IsTextEdit()) {
         SdrTextObj* pTextObj=dynamic_cast<SdrTextObj*>( mxTextEditObj.get() );
         if (pTextObj!=NULL) {
@@ -191,14 +191,13 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ModelHasChanged()
             Rectangle aOldArea(aMinTextEditArea);
             aOldArea.Union(aTextEditArea);
             Color aNewColor;
-            { // Area Checken
+            { // check area
                 Size aPaperMin1;
                 Size aPaperMax1;
                 Rectangle aEditArea1;
                 Rectangle aMinArea1;
                 pTextObj->TakeTextEditArea(&aPaperMin1,&aPaperMax1,&aEditArea1,&aMinArea1);
 
-                // #108784#
                 Point aPvOfs(pTextObj->GetTextEditOffset());
 
                 aEditArea1.Move(aPvOfs.X(),aPvOfs.Y());
@@ -212,7 +211,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ModelHasChanged()
                     pTextEditOutliner->SetUpdateMode(sal_False);
                     pTextEditOutliner->SetMinAutoPaperSize(aPaperMin1);
                     pTextEditOutliner->SetMaxAutoPaperSize(aPaperMax1);
-                    pTextEditOutliner->SetPaperSize(Size(0,0)); // Damit der Outliner neu formatiert
+                    pTextEditOutliner->SetPaperSize(Size(0,0)); // re-format Outliner
                     if (!bContourFrame) {
                         pTextEditOutliner->ClearPolygon();
                         sal_uIntPtr nStat=pTextEditOutliner->GetControlWord();
@@ -230,7 +229,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ModelHasChanged()
                         OutlinerView* pOLV=pTextEditOutliner->GetView(nOV);
                         sal_uIntPtr nStat0=pOLV->GetControlWord();
                         sal_uIntPtr nStat=nStat0;
-                        // AutoViewSize nur wenn nicht KontourFrame.
+                        // AutoViewSize only if not ContourFrame.
                         if (!bContourFrame) nStat|=EV_CNTRL_AUTOSIZE;
                         else nStat&=~EV_CNTRL_AUTOSIZE;
                         if (nStat!=nStat0) pOLV->SetControlWord(nStat);
@@ -239,7 +238,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ModelHasChanged()
                     bAreaChg=sal_True;
                 }
             }
-            if (pTextEditOutlinerView!=NULL) { // Fuellfarbe und Anker checken
+            if (pTextEditOutlinerView!=NULL) { // check fill and anchor
                 EVAnchorMode eOldAnchor=pTextEditOutlinerView->GetAnchorMode();
                 eNewAnchor=(EVAnchorMode)pTextObj->GetOutlinerViewAnchorMode();
                 bAnchorChg=eOldAnchor!=eNewAnchor;
@@ -247,12 +246,12 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ModelHasChanged()
                 aNewColor = GetTextEditBackgroundColor(*this);
                 bColorChg=aOldColor!=aNewColor;
             }
-            // #104082# refresh always when it's a contour frame. That
+            // refresh always when it's a contour frame. That
             // refresh is necessary since it triggers the repaint
             // which makes the Handles visible. Changes at TakeTextRect()
             // seem to have resulted in a case where no refresh is executed.
             // Before that, a refresh must have been always executed
-            // (else this error would have happend earlier), thus i
+            // (else this error would have happened earlier), thus I
             // even think here a refresh should be done always.
             // Since follow-up problems cannot even be guessed I only
             // add this one more case to the if below.
@@ -267,7 +266,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ModelHasChanged()
                 for (sal_uIntPtr nOV=0; nOV<nOutlViewAnz; nOV++)
                 {
                     OutlinerView* pOLV=pTextEditOutliner->GetView(nOV);
-                    { // Alten OutlinerView-Bereich invalidieren
+                    { // invalidate old OutlinerView area
                         Window* pWin=pOLV->GetWindow();
                         Rectangle aTmpRect(aOldArea);
                         sal_uInt16 nPixSiz=pOLV->GetInvalidateMore()+1;
@@ -283,7 +282,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ModelHasChanged()
                     if (bColorChg)
                         pOLV->SetBackgroundColor( aNewColor );
 
-                    pOLV->SetOutputArea(aTextEditArea); // weil sonst scheinbar nicht richtig umgeankert wird
+                    pOLV->SetOutputArea(aTextEditArea); // because otherwise, we're not re-anchoring correctly
                     ImpInvalidateOutlinerView(*pOLV);
                 }
                 pTextEditOutlinerView->ShowCursor();
@@ -294,15 +293,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ModelHasChanged()
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  @@@@@@ @@@@@ @@   @@ @@@@@@  @@@@@ @@@@@  @@ @@@@@@
-//    @@   @@    @@@ @@@   @@    @@    @@  @@ @@   @@
-//    @@   @@     @@@@@    @@    @@    @@  @@ @@   @@
-//    @@   @@@@    @@@     @@    @@@@  @@  @@ @@   @@
-//    @@   @@     @@@@@    @@    @@    @@  @@ @@   @@
-//    @@   @@    @@@ @@@   @@    @@    @@  @@ @@   @@
-//    @@   @@@@@ @@   @@   @@    @@@@@ @@@@@  @@   @@
-//
+// TextEdit
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void SdrObjEditView::ImpPaintOutlinerView(OutlinerView& rOutlView, const Rectangle& rRect) const
@@ -314,17 +305,16 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ImpPaintOutlinerView(OutlinerView& rOutlView, const Rectang
         const SdrTextObj* pText = PTR_CAST(SdrTextObj,GetTextEditObject());
         bool bTextFrame(pText && pText->IsTextFrame());
         bool bFitToSize(pText && pText->IsFitToSize());
-        bool bModifyMerk(pTextEditOutliner->IsModified()); // #43095#
+        bool bModifyMerk(pTextEditOutliner->IsModified());
         Rectangle aBlankRect(rOutlView.GetOutputArea());
         aBlankRect.Union(aMinTextEditArea);
         Rectangle aPixRect(pWin->LogicToPixel(aBlankRect));
         aBlankRect.Intersection(rRect);
-        rOutlView.GetOutliner()->SetUpdateMode(sal_True); // Bugfix #22596#
+        rOutlView.GetOutliner()->SetUpdateMode(sal_True);
         rOutlView.Paint(aBlankRect);
 
         if(!bModifyMerk)
         {
-            // #43095#
             pTextEditOutliner->ClearModifyFlag();
         }
 
@@ -337,7 +327,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ImpPaintOutlinerView(OutlinerView& rOutlView, const Rectang
             sal_uInt16 nPixSiz(rOutlView.GetInvalidateMore() - 1);
 
             {
-                // xPixRect Begrenzen, wegen Treiberproblem bei zu weit hinausragenden Pixelkoordinaten
+                // limit xPixRect because of driver problems when pixel coordinates are too far out
                 Size aMaxXY(pWin->GetOutputSizePixel());
                 long a(2 * nPixSiz);
                 long nMaxX(aMaxXY.Width() + a);
@@ -397,7 +387,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ImpInvalidateOutlinerView(OutlinerView& rOutlView) const
             aPixRect.Bottom()++;
 
             {
-                // xPixRect Begrenzen, wegen Treiberproblem bei zu weit hinausragenden Pixelkoordinaten
+                // limit xPixRect because of driver problems when pixel coordinates are too far out
                 Size aMaxXY(pWin->GetOutputSizePixel());
                 long a(2 * nPixSiz);
                 long nMaxX(aMaxXY.Width() + a);
@@ -425,20 +415,20 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ImpInvalidateOutlinerView(OutlinerView& rOutlView) const
 
 OutlinerView* SdrObjEditView::ImpMakeOutlinerView(Window* pWin, sal_Bool /*bNoPaint*/, OutlinerView* pGivenView) const
 {
-    // Hintergrund
+    // background
     Color aBackground(GetTextEditBackgroundColor(*this));
     SdrTextObj* pText = dynamic_cast< SdrTextObj * >( mxTextEditObj.get() );
     sal_Bool bTextFrame=pText!=NULL && pText->IsTextFrame();
     sal_Bool bContourFrame=pText!=NULL && pText->IsContourTextFrame();
-    // OutlinerView erzeugen
+    // create OutlinerView
     OutlinerView* pOutlView=pGivenView;
     pTextEditOutliner->SetUpdateMode(sal_False);
     if (pOutlView==NULL) pOutlView=new OutlinerView(pTextEditOutliner,pWin);
     else pOutlView->SetWindow(pWin);
-    // Scrollen verbieten
+    // disallow scrolling
     sal_uIntPtr nStat=pOutlView->GetControlWord();
     nStat&=~EV_CNTRL_AUTOSCROLL;
-    // AutoViewSize nur wenn nicht KontourFrame.
+    // AutoViewSize only if not ContourFrame.
     if (!bContourFrame) nStat|=EV_CNTRL_AUTOSIZE;
     if (bTextFrame) {
         sal_uInt16 nPixSiz=aHdl.GetHdlSize()*2+1;
@@ -491,7 +481,7 @@ IMPL_LINK(SdrObjEditView,ImpOutlinerCalcFieldValueHdl,EditFieldInfo*,pFI)
                 pFI->SetFldColor(*pFldCol);
                 delete pFldCol;
             } else {
-                pFI->SetFldColor(Color(COL_LIGHTGRAY)); // kann spaeter (357) raus
+                pFI->SetFldColor(Color(COL_LIGHTGRAY)); // TODO: remove this later on (357)
             }
         }
     }
@@ -521,7 +511,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
 
     if(bGrabFocus && pWin)
     {
-        // attetion, this call may cause an EndTextEdit() call to this view
+        // attention, this call may cause an EndTextEdit() call to this view
         pWin->GrabFocus(); // to force the cursor into the edit view
     }
 
@@ -531,7 +521,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
     const sal_uInt32 nWinAnz(PaintWindowCount());
     sal_uInt32 i;
     sal_Bool bBrk(sal_False);
-    // Abbruch, wenn kein Objekt angegeben.
+    // break, when no object given
 
     if(!pObj)
     {
@@ -550,7 +540,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
             }
         }
 
-        // Abbruch, wenn kein Window da.
+        // break, when no window exists
         if(!pWin)
         {
             bBrk = sal_True;
@@ -561,7 +551,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
     {
         pPV = GetSdrPageView();
 
-        // Abbruch, wenn keine PageView zu dem Objekt vorhanden.
+        // break, when no PageView for the object exists
         if(!pPV)
         {
             bBrk = sal_True;
@@ -570,7 +560,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
 
     if(pObj && pPV)
     {
-        // Kein TextEdit an Objekten im gesperrten Layer
+        // no TextEdit on objects in locked Layer
         if(pPV->GetLockedLayers().IsSet(pObj->GetLayer()))
         {
             bBrk = sal_True;
@@ -579,7 +569,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
 
     if(pTextEditOutliner)
     {
-        OSL_FAIL("SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit() da stand noch ein alter Outliner rum");
+        OSL_FAIL("SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(): Old Outliner still exists.");
         delete pTextEditOutliner;
         pTextEditOutliner = 0L;
     }
@@ -601,7 +591,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
         sal_Bool bEmpty = mxTextEditObj->GetOutlinerParaObject()==NULL;
 
         aOldCalcFieldValueLink=pTextEditOutliner->GetCalcFieldValueHdl();
-        // Der FieldHdl muss von SdrBeginTextEdit gesetzt sein, da dor ein UpdateFields gerufen wird.
+        // FieldHdl has to be set by SdrBeginTextEdit, because this call an UpdateFields
         pTextEditOutliner->SetCalcFieldValueHdl(LINK(this,SdrObjEditView,ImpOutlinerCalcFieldValueHdl));
         pTextEditOutliner->SetBeginPasteOrDropHdl(LINK(this,SdrObjEditView,BeginPasteOrDropHdl));
         pTextEditOutliner->SetEndPasteOrDropHdl(LINK(this,SdrObjEditView, EndPasteOrDropHdl));
@@ -618,10 +608,10 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
             if( !pTextObj )
                 return sal_False;
 
-            // #111096# Switch off evtl. running TextAnimation
+            // switch off any running TextAnimations
             pTextObj->SetTextAnimationAllowed(sal_False);
 
-            // alten Cursor merken
+            // remember old cursor
             if (pTextEditOutliner->GetViewCount()!=0)
             {
                 OutlinerView* pTmpOLV=pTextEditOutliner->RemoveView(static_cast<size_t>(0));
@@ -629,26 +619,25 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
                     delete pTmpOLV;
             }
 
-            // EditArea ueberTakeTextEditArea bestimmen
-            // Das koennte eigentlich entfallen, da TakeTextRect() die Berechnung der aTextEditArea vornimmt
-            // Die aMinTextEditArea muss jedoch wohl auch erfolgen (darum bleibt es voerst drinnen)
+            // Determine EditArea via TakeTextEditArea.
+            // TODO: This could theoretically be left out, because TakeTextRect() calculates the aTextEditArea,
+            // but aMinTextEditArea has to happen, too (therefore leaving this in right now)
             pTextObj->TakeTextEditArea(NULL,NULL,&aTextEditArea,&aMinTextEditArea);
 
             Rectangle aTextRect;
             Rectangle aAnchorRect;
             pTextObj->TakeTextRect(*pTextEditOutliner, aTextRect, sal_True,
-                &aAnchorRect /* #97097# Give sal_True here, not sal_False */);
+                &aAnchorRect /* Give sal_True here, not sal_False */);
 
             if ( !pTextObj->IsContourTextFrame() )
             {
-                // FitToSize erstmal nicht mit ContourFrame
+                // FitToSize not together with ContourFrame, for now
                 if (pTextObj->IsFitToSize())
                     aTextRect = aAnchorRect;
             }
 
             aTextEditArea = aTextRect;
 
-            // #108784#
             Point aPvOfs(pTextObj->GetTextEditOffset());
 
             aTextEditArea.Move(aPvOfs.X(),aPvOfs.Y());
@@ -679,7 +668,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
             aHdl.SetMoveOutside(sal_True);
             //OLMRefreshAllIAOManagers();
 
-            // alle Wins als OutlinerView beim Outliner anmelden
+            // register all windows as OutlinerViews with the Outliner
             if(!bOnlyOneView)
             {
                 for(i = 0L; i < nWinAnz; i++)
@@ -702,12 +691,10 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
 #endif
             pTextEditOutliner->ClearModifyFlag();
 
-            // #71519#, #91453#
             if(pWin)
             {
                 sal_Bool bExtraInvalidate(sal_False);
 
-                // #71519#
                 if(!bExtraInvalidate)
                 {
                     if(pTextObj->IsFitToSize())
@@ -720,7 +707,6 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
                 }
             }
 
-            // send HINT_BEGEDIT #99840#
             if( GetModel() )
             {
                 SdrHint aHint(*pTextObj);
@@ -733,7 +719,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
             if( mxSelectionController.is() )
                 mxSelectionController->onSelectionHasChanged();
 
-            return sal_True; // Gut gelaufen, TextEdit laeuft nun
+            return sal_True; // ran fine, let TextEdit run now
         }
         else
         {
@@ -749,7 +735,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SdrBeginTextEdit(
         pTextEditOutliner->setVisualizedPage(0);
     }
 
-    // wenn hier angekommen, dann ist irgendwas schief gelaufen
+    // something went wrong...
     if(!bDontDeleteOutliner)
     {
         if(pGivenOutliner!=NULL)
@@ -791,7 +777,6 @@ SdrEndTextEditKind SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(sal_Bool bDontDeleteReally)
     OutlinerView* pTEOutlinerView=pTextEditOutlinerView;
     Cursor*       pTECursorMerker=pTextEditCursorMerker;
 
-    // send HINT_ENDEDIT #99840#
     if( GetModel() && mxTextEditObj.is() )
     {
         SdrHint aHint(*mxTextEditObj.get());
@@ -830,8 +815,8 @@ SdrEndTextEditKind SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(sal_Bool bDontDeleteReally)
                 pTxtUndo = dynamic_cast< SdrUndoObjSetText* >( GetModel()->GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoObjectSetText(*pTEObj, nText ) );
             }
             DBG_ASSERT( !bModified || pTxtUndo, "svx::SdrObjEditView::EndTextEdit(), could not create undo action!" );
-            // Den alten CalcFieldValue-Handler wieder setzen
-            // Muss vor Obj::EndTextEdit() geschehen, da dort ein UpdateFields() gemacht wird.
+            // Set old CalcFieldValue-Handler again, this
+            // has to happen before Obj::EndTextEdit(), as this does UpdateFields().
             pTEOutliner->SetCalcFieldValueHdl(aOldCalcFieldValueLink);
             pTEOutliner->SetBeginPasteOrDropHdl(Link());
             pTEOutliner->SetEndPasteOrDropHdl(Link());
@@ -848,7 +833,6 @@ SdrEndTextEditKind SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(sal_Bool bDontDeleteReally)
 
             if( (pTEObj->GetRotateAngle() != 0) || (pTEObj && pTEObj->ISA(SdrTextObj) && ((SdrTextObj*)pTEObj)->IsFontwork())  )
             {
-                // obviously a repaint
                 pTEObj->ActionChanged();
             }
 
@@ -861,7 +845,7 @@ SdrEndTextEditKind SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(sal_Bool bDontDeleteReally)
                     pTxtUndo=NULL;
                 }
             }
-            // Loeschung des gesamten TextObj checken
+            // check deletion of entire TextObj
             SdrUndoAction* pDelUndo=NULL;
             sal_Bool bDelObj=sal_False;
             SdrTextObj* pTextObj=PTR_CAST(SdrTextObj,pTEObj);
@@ -899,23 +883,22 @@ SdrEndTextEditKind SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(sal_Bool bDontDeleteReally)
                     delete pDelUndo;
                 }
                 eRet=SDRENDTEXTEDIT_DELETED;
-                DBG_ASSERT(pTEObj->GetObjList()!=NULL,"SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(): Fatal: Editiertes Objekt hat keine ObjList!");
+                DBG_ASSERT(pTEObj->GetObjList()!=NULL,"SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(): Fatal: Object edited doesn't have an ObjList!");
                 if (pTEObj->GetObjList()!=NULL)
                 {
                     pTEObj->GetObjList()->RemoveObject(pTEObj->GetOrdNum());
-                    CheckMarked(); // und gleich die Maekierung entfernen...
+                    CheckMarked(); // remove selection immediately...
                 }
             }
             else if (bDelObj)
-            { // Fuer den Writer: Loeschen muss die App nachholen.
+            { // for Writer: the app has to do the deletion itself.
                 eRet=SDRENDTEXTEDIT_SHOULDBEDELETED;
             }
 
             if( bUndo )
-                EndUndo(); // EndUndo hinter Remove, falls der UndoStack gleich weggehaun' wird
+                EndUndo(); // EndUndo after Remove, in case UndoStack is deleted immediately
 
-            // #111096#
-            // Switch on evtl. TextAnimation again after TextEdit
+            // Switch on any TextAnimation again after TextEdit
             if(pTEObj->ISA(SdrTextObj))
             {
                 ((SdrTextObj*)pTEObj)->SetTextAnimationAllowed(sal_True);
@@ -926,18 +909,18 @@ SdrEndTextEditKind SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(sal_Bool bDontDeleteReally)
             // to call AdjustMarkHdl() always.
             AdjustMarkHdl();
         }
-        // alle OutlinerViews loeschen
+        // delete all OutlinerViews
         for (sal_uIntPtr i=pTEOutliner->GetViewCount(); i>0;)
         {
             i--;
             OutlinerView* pOLV=pTEOutliner->GetView(i);
-            sal_uInt16 nMorePix=pOLV->GetInvalidateMore() + 10; // solaris aw033 test #i#
+            sal_uInt16 nMorePix=pOLV->GetInvalidateMore() + 10;
             Window* pWin=pOLV->GetWindow();
             Rectangle aRect(pOLV->GetOutputArea());
             pTEOutliner->RemoveView(i);
             if (!bTextEditDontDelete || i!=0)
             {
-                // die nullte gehoert mir u.U. nicht.
+                // may not own the zeroth one
                 delete pOLV;
             }
             aRect.Union(aTextEditArea);
@@ -961,7 +944,7 @@ SdrEndTextEditKind SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(sal_Bool bDontDeleteReally)
             pWin->DrawPixel(aRect.BottomRight());
             //pWin->DrawRect(aRect);
         }
-        // und auch den Outliner selbst
+        // and now the Outliner itself
         if (!bTextEditDontDelete) delete pTEOutliner;
         else pTEOutliner->Clear();
         if (pTEWin!=NULL) {
@@ -973,7 +956,7 @@ SdrEndTextEditKind SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(sal_Bool bDontDeleteReally)
         aHdl.SetMoveOutside(sal_False);
         if (eRet!=SDRENDTEXTEDIT_UNCHANGED)
 //HMH       {
-//HMH            ShowMarkHdl(); // Handles kommen ansonsten via Broadcast
+//HMH            ShowMarkHdl(); // Otherwise handles come via broadcast
 //HMH        }
 //HMH       else
         {
@@ -988,7 +971,6 @@ SdrEndTextEditKind SdrObjEditView::SdrEndTextEdit(sal_Bool bDontDeleteReally)
 #endif
     }
 
-    // #108784#
     if( pTEObj &&
         pTEObj->GetModel() &&
         !pTEObj->GetModel()->isLocked() &&
@@ -1043,7 +1025,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::SetTextEditWin(Window* pWin)
             }
             pTextEditOutlinerView=pNewView;
             pTextEditWin=pWin;
-            pWin->GrabFocus(); // Damit der Cursor hier auch blinkt
+            pWin->GrabFocus(); // Make the cursor blink here as well
             pNewView->ShowCursor();
             ImpMakeTextCursorAreaVisible();
         }
@@ -1056,10 +1038,9 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::IsTextEditHit(const Point& rHit, short nTol) const
     if(mxTextEditObj.is())
     {
         nTol=ImpGetHitTolLogic(nTol,NULL);
-        // nur drittel Toleranz hier, damit die Handles
-        // noch vernuenftig getroffen werden koennen
+        // only a third of the tolerance here, so handles can be hit well
         nTol=nTol/3;
-        nTol=0; // Joe am 6.3.1997: Keine Hittoleranz mehr hier
+        nTol=0; // no hit tolerance here any more
         if (!bOk)
         {
             Rectangle aEditArea;
@@ -1074,7 +1055,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::IsTextEditHit(const Point& rHit, short nTol) const
             aEditArea.Bottom()+=nTol;
             bOk=aEditArea.IsInside(rHit);
             if (bOk)
-            { // Nun noch checken, ob auch wirklich Buchstaben getroffen wurden
+            { // check if any characters were actually hit
                 Point aPnt(rHit); aPnt-=aEditArea.TopLeft();
                 long nHitTol = 2000;
                 OutputDevice* pRef = pTextEditOutliner->GetRefDevice();
@@ -1238,8 +1219,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::MouseMove(const MouseEvent& rMEvt, Window* pWin)
 
 sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::Command(const CommandEvent& rCEvt, Window* pWin)
 {
-    // solange bis die OutlinerView einen sal_Bool zurueckliefert
-    // bekommt sie nur COMMAND_STARTDRAG
+    // as long as OutlinerView returns a sal_Bool, it only gets COMMAND_STARTDRAG
     if (pTextEditOutlinerView!=NULL)
     {
         if (rCEvt.GetCommand()==COMMAND_STARTDRAG) {
@@ -1260,7 +1240,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::Command(const CommandEvent& rCEvt, Window* pWin)
                     if (aPixPos.Y()>aR.Bottom()) aPixPos.Y()=aR.Bottom();
                 }
                 CommandEvent aCEvt(aPixPos,rCEvt.GetCommand(),rCEvt.IsMouseEvent());
-                // Command ist an der OutlinerView leider void
+                // Command is void at the OutlinerView, sadly
                 pTextEditOutlinerView->Command(aCEvt);
                 if (pWin!=NULL && pWin!=pTextEditWin) SetTextEditWin(pWin);
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
@@ -1299,7 +1279,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::ImpIsTextEditAllSelected() const
                 if(aStr.Len() == aESel.nEndPos)
                     bRet = sal_True;
             }
-            // und nun auch noch fuer den Fall, das rueckwaerts selektiert wurde
+            // in case the selection was done backwards
             if (!bRet && aESel.nEndPara==0 && aESel.nEndPos==0 && aESel.nStartPara==sal_uInt16(nParaAnz-1))
             {
                 XubString aStr(pTextEditOutliner->GetText(pLastPara));
@@ -1322,7 +1302,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ImpMakeTextCursorAreaVisible()
         Cursor* pCsr=pTextEditWin->GetCursor();
         if (pCsr!=NULL) {
             Size aSiz(pCsr->GetSize());
-            if (aSiz.Width()!=0 && aSiz.Height()!=0) { // #38450#
+            if (aSiz.Width()!=0 && aSiz.Height()!=0) {
                 MakeVisible(Rectangle(pCsr->GetPos(),aSiz),*pTextEditWin);
             }
         }
@@ -1362,7 +1342,6 @@ sal_uInt16 SdrObjEditView::GetScriptType() const
     return nScriptType;
 }
 
-/* new interface src537 */
 sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::GetAttributes(SfxItemSet& rTargetSet, sal_Bool bOnlyHardAttr) const
 {
     if( mxSelectionController.is() )
@@ -1374,7 +1353,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::GetAttributes(SfxItemSet& rTargetSet, sal_Bool bOnlyHar
         DBG_ASSERT(pTextEditOutlinerView!=NULL,"SdrObjEditView::GetAttributes(): pTextEditOutlinerView=NULL");
         DBG_ASSERT(pTextEditOutliner!=NULL,"SdrObjEditView::GetAttributes(): pTextEditOutliner=NULL");
 
-        // #92389# take care of bOnlyHardAttr(!)
+        // take care of bOnlyHardAttr(!)
         if(!bOnlyHardAttr && mxTextEditObj->GetStyleSheet())
             rTargetSet.Put(mxTextEditObj->GetStyleSheet()->GetItemSet());
 
@@ -1386,7 +1365,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::GetAttributes(SfxItemSet& rTargetSet, sal_Bool bOnlyHar
 
         if(pTextEditOutlinerView)
         {
-            // FALSE= InvalidItems nicht al Default, sondern als "Loecher" betrachten
+            // FALSE= regard InvalidItems as "holes," not as Default
             rTargetSet.Put(pTextEditOutlinerView->GetAttribs(), sal_False);
             rTargetSet.Put( SvxScriptTypeItem( pTextEditOutlinerView->GetSelectedScriptType() ), sal_False );
         }
@@ -1415,7 +1394,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SetAttributes(const SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_Bool bReplace
 
     if (!bTextEdit)
     {
-        // Kein TextEdit aktiv -> alle Items ans Zeichenobjekt
+        // no TextEdit activw -> all Items to drawing object
         if( mxSelectionController.is() )
             bRet=mxSelectionController->SetAttributes(*pSet,bReplaceAll );
 
@@ -1446,7 +1425,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SetAttributes(const SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_Bool bReplace
             if(bHasEEFeatureItems)
             {
                 String aMessage;
-                aMessage.AppendAscii("SdrObjEditView::SetAttributes(): Das setzen von EE_FEATURE-Items an der SdrView macht keinen Sinn! Es fuehrt nur zu Overhead und nicht mehr lesbaren Dokumenten.");
+                aMessage.AppendAscii("SdrObjEditView::SetAttributes(): Setting EE_FEATURE items at the SdrView doesn't make sense! It only leads to verhead and unreadable documents.");
                 InfoBox(NULL, aMessage).Execute();
             }
         }
@@ -1454,8 +1433,8 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SetAttributes(const SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_Bool bReplace
 
         sal_Bool bOnlyEEItems;
         sal_Bool bNoEEItems=!SearchOutlinerItems(*pSet,bReplaceAll,&bOnlyEEItems);
-        // alles selektiert? -> Attrs auch an den Rahmen
-        // und falls keine EEItems, dann Attrs nur an den Rahmen
+        // everything selected? -> attributes to the border, too
+        // if no EEItems, attributes to the border only
         if (bAllTextSelected || bNoEEItems)
         {
             if( mxSelectionController.is() )
@@ -1486,18 +1465,18 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SetAttributes(const SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_Bool bReplace
 
                 mxTextEditObj->SetMergedItemSetAndBroadcast(*pSet, bReplaceAll);
 
-                FlushComeBackTimer(); // Damit ModeHasChanged sofort kommt
+                FlushComeBackTimer(); // to set ModeHasChanged immediately
                 bRet=sal_True;
             }
         }
         else if (!bOnlyEEItems)
         {
-            // sonst Set ggf. splitten
-            // Es wird nun ein ItemSet aSet gemacht, in den die EE_Items von
-            // *pSet nicht enhalten ist (ansonsten ist es eine Kopie).
+            // Otherwise split Set, if necessary.
+            // Now we build an ItemSet aSet that doesn't contain EE_Items from
+            // *pSet (otherwise it would be a copy).
             sal_uInt16* pNewWhichTable=RemoveWhichRange(pSet->GetRanges(),EE_ITEMS_START,EE_ITEMS_END);
             SfxItemSet aSet(pMod->GetItemPool(),pNewWhichTable);
-            /*90353*/ delete[] pNewWhichTable;
+            delete[] pNewWhichTable;
             SfxWhichIter aIter(aSet);
             sal_uInt16 nWhich=aIter.FirstWhich();
             while (nWhich!=0)
@@ -1536,9 +1515,8 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SetAttributes(const SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_Bool bReplace
         }
         if(!bNoEEItems)
         {
-            // und nun die Attribute auch noch an die EditEngine
+            // and now the attributes to the EditEngine
             if (bReplaceAll) {
-                // Am Outliner kann man leider nur alle Attribute platthauen
                 pTextEditOutlinerView->RemoveAttribs( sal_True );
             }
             pTextEditOutlinerView->SetAttribs(rSet);
@@ -1588,7 +1566,6 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::SetStyleSheet(SfxStyleSheet* pStyleSheet, sal_Bool bDon
 
     // if we are currently in edit mode we must also set the stylesheet
     // on all paragraphs in the Outliner for the edit view
-    // #92191#
     if( NULL != pTextEditOutlinerView )
     {
         Outliner* pOutliner = pTextEditOutlinerView->GetOutliner();
@@ -1639,15 +1616,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::IsTextEditInSelectionMode() const
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  @@   @@  @@@@   @@@@  @@@@@   @@@@   @@   @@  @@@@  @@@@@  @@@@@
-//  @@@ @@@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@  @@@ @@@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@
-//  @@@@@@@ @@  @@ @@     @@  @@ @@  @@  @@@@@@@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@
-//  @@@@@@@ @@@@@@ @@     @@@@@  @@  @@  @@@@@@@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@@@
-//  @@ @ @@ @@  @@ @@     @@  @@ @@  @@  @@ @ @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@
-//  @@   @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@  @@   @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@
-//  @@   @@ @@  @@  @@@@  @@  @@  @@@@   @@   @@  @@@@  @@@@@  @@@@@
-//
+// MacroMode
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 sal_Bool SdrObjEditView::BegMacroObj(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, SdrObject* pObj, SdrPageView* pPV, Window* pWin)
@@ -1784,7 +1753,7 @@ extern rtl::Reference< sdr::SelectionController > CreateTableController( SdrObjE
 /* check if we have a single selection and that single object likes
     to handle the mouse and keyboard events itself
 
-    @todo: the selection controller should be queried from the
+    TODO: the selection controller should be queried from the
     object specific view contact. Currently this method only
     works for tables.
 */
@@ -2002,8 +1971,8 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ApplyFormatPaintBrush( SfxItemSet& rFormatSet, bool bNoChar
         if( !pOLV )
         {
             // if not in text edit mode (aka the user selected text or clicked on a word)
-            // apply formating attributes to selected shape
-            // All formating items (see ranges above) that are unequal in selected shape and
+            // apply formatting attributes to selected shape
+            // All formatting items (see ranges above) that are unequal in selected shape and
             // the format paintbrush are hard set on the selected shape.
 
             const sal_uInt16* pRanges = rFormatSet.GetRanges();
@@ -2026,7 +1995,7 @@ void SdrObjEditView::ApplyFormatPaintBrush( SfxItemSet& rFormatSet, bool bNoChar
                 SetAttrToMarked(aPaintSet, bReplaceAll);
             }
 
-            // now apply character and paragraph formating to text, if the shape has any
+            // now apply character and paragraph formatting to text, if the shape has any
             SdrTextObj* pTextObj = dynamic_cast<SdrTextObj*>(pObj);
             if( pTextObj )
             {
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdetc.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdetc.cxx
index 3d549be880a3..0e1d3e25c525 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdetc.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdetc.cxx
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 using namespace ::com::sun::star;
 
 /******************************************************************************
-* Globale Daten der DrawingEngine
+* Global data of the DrawingEngine
 ******************************************************************************/
 
 SdrGlobalData::SdrGlobalData() :
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ sal_Bool OLEObjCache::UnloadObj(SdrOle2Obj* pObj)
         // case since no one ever used this option.
         //
         // A much better (and working) criteria would be the VOC contact count.
-        // The quesion is what will happen whe i make it work now suddenly? I
+        // The question is what will happen when i make it work now suddenly? I
         // will try it for 2.4.
         const sdr::contact::ViewContact& rViewContact = pObj->GetViewContact();
         const bool bVisible(rViewContact.HasViewObjectContacts(true));
@@ -328,10 +328,10 @@ void SdrLinkList::InsertLink(const Link& rLink, unsigned nPos)
         if (rLink.IsSet()) {
             aList.Insert(new Link(rLink),nPos);
         } else {
-            OSL_FAIL("SdrLinkList::InsertLink(): Versuch, einen nicht gesetzten Link einzufuegen");
+            OSL_FAIL("SdrLinkList::InsertLink(): Tried to insert a link that was not set already.");
         }
     } else {
-        OSL_FAIL("SdrLinkList::InsertLink(): Link schon vorhanden");
+        OSL_FAIL("SdrLinkList::InsertLink(): Link already in place.");
     }
 }
 
@@ -342,12 +342,11 @@ void SdrLinkList::RemoveLink(const Link& rLink)
         Link* pLink=(Link*)aList.Remove(nFnd);
         delete pLink;
     } else {
-        OSL_FAIL("SdrLinkList::RemoveLink(): Link nicht gefunden");
+        OSL_FAIL("SdrLinkList::RemoveLink(): Link not found.");
     }
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// #98988# Re-implement GetDraftFillColor(...)
 
 bool GetDraftFillColor(const SfxItemSet& rSet, Color& rCol)
 {
@@ -368,7 +367,7 @@ bool GetDraftFillColor(const SfxItemSet& rSet, Color& rCol)
             Color aCol1(((XFillHatchItem&)rSet.Get(XATTR_FILLHATCH)).GetHatchValue().GetColor());
             Color aCol2(COL_WHITE);
 
-            // #97870# when hatch background is activated, use object fill color as hatch color
+            // when hatched background is activated, use object fill color as hatch color
             sal_Bool bFillHatchBackground = ((const XFillBackgroundItem&)(rSet.Get(XATTR_FILLBACKGROUND))).GetValue();
             if(bFillHatchBackground)
             {
@@ -544,9 +543,9 @@ sal_Bool SearchOutlinerItems(const SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_Bool bInklDefaults, sal
     SfxWhichIter aIter(rSet);
     sal_uInt16 nWhich=aIter.FirstWhich();
     while (((bLookOnly && bOnly) || !bHas) && nWhich!=0) {
-        // bei bInklDefaults ist der gesamte Which-Range
-        // ausschlaggebend, ansonsten nur die gesetzten Items
-        // Disabled und DontCare wird als Loch im Which-Range betrachtet
+        // For bInklDefaults, the entire Which range is decisive,
+        // in other cases only the set items are.
+        // Disabled and DontCare are regarded as holes in the Which range.
         SfxItemState eState=rSet.GetItemState(nWhich);
         if ((eState==SFX_ITEM_DEFAULT && bInklDefaults) || eState==SFX_ITEM_SET) {
             if (nWhich<EE_ITEMS_START || nWhich>EE_ITEMS_END) bOnly=sal_False;
@@ -561,17 +560,17 @@ sal_Bool SearchOutlinerItems(const SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_Bool bInklDefaults, sal
 
 sal_uInt16* RemoveWhichRange(const sal_uInt16* pOldWhichTable, sal_uInt16 nRangeBeg, sal_uInt16 nRangeEnd)
 {
-    // insgesamt sind 6 Faelle moeglich (je Range):
-    //         [Beg..End]          zu entfernender Range
-    // [b..e]    [b..e]    [b..e]  Fall 1,3,2: egal, ganz weg, egal  + Ranges
-    // [b........e]  [b........e]  Fall 4,5  : Bereich verkleinern   | in
-    // [b......................e]  Fall 6    : Splitting             + pOldWhichTable
+    // Six possible cases (per range):
+    //         [Beg..End]          Range, to delete
+    // [b..e]    [b..e]    [b..e]  Cases 1,3,2: doesn't matter, delete, doesn't matter  + Ranges
+    // [b........e]  [b........e]  Cases 4,5  : shrink range                            | in
+    // [b......................e]  Case  6    : splitting                               + pOldWhichTable
     sal_uInt16 nAnz=0;
     while (pOldWhichTable[nAnz]!=0) nAnz++;
-    nAnz++; // nAnz muesste nun in jedem Fall eine ungerade Zahl sein (0 am Ende des Arrays)
-    DBG_ASSERT((nAnz&1)==1,"Joe: RemoveWhichRange: WhichTable hat keine ungerade Anzahl von Eintraegen");
+    nAnz++; // nAnz should now be an odd number (0 for end of array)
+    DBG_ASSERT((nAnz&1)==1,"RemoveWhichRange: WhichTable doesn't have an odd number of entries.");
     sal_uInt16 nAlloc=nAnz;
-    // benoetigte Groesse des neuen Arrays ermitteln
+    // check necessary size of new array
     sal_uInt16 nNum=nAnz-1;
     while (nNum!=0) {
         nNum-=2;
@@ -587,8 +586,8 @@ sal_uInt16* RemoveWhichRange(const sal_uInt16* pOldWhichTable, sal_uInt16 nRange
 
     sal_uInt16* pNewWhichTable=new sal_uInt16[nAlloc];
     memcpy(pNewWhichTable,pOldWhichTable,nAlloc*sizeof(sal_uInt16));
-    pNewWhichTable[nAlloc-1]=0; // im Falle 3 fehlt die 0 am Ende
-    // nun die unerwuenschten Ranges entfernen
+    pNewWhichTable[nAlloc-1]=0; // in case 3, there's no 0 at the end.
+    // now remove the unwanted ranges
     nNum=nAlloc-1;
     while (nNum!=0) {
         nNum-=2;
@@ -605,14 +604,14 @@ sal_uInt16* RemoveWhichRange(const sal_uInt16* pOldWhichTable, sal_uInt16 nRange
             case 3: {
                 unsigned nTailBytes=(nAnz-(nNum+2))*sizeof(sal_uInt16);
                 memcpy(&pNewWhichTable[nNum],&pNewWhichTable[nNum+2],nTailBytes);
-                nAnz-=2; // Merken: Array hat sich verkleinert
+                nAnz-=2; // remember: array is now smaller
             } break;
             case 4: pNewWhichTable[nNum+1]=nRangeBeg-1; break;
             case 5: pNewWhichTable[nNum]=nRangeEnd+1;     break;
             case 6: {
                 unsigned nTailBytes=(nAnz-(nNum+2))*sizeof(sal_uInt16);
                 memcpy(&pNewWhichTable[nNum+4],&pNewWhichTable[nNum+2],nTailBytes);
-                nAnz+=2; // Merken: Array hat sich vergroessert
+                nAnz+=2; // remember:array is now larger
                 pNewWhichTable[nNum+2]=nRangeEnd+1;
                 pNewWhichTable[nNum+3]=pNewWhichTable[nNum+1];
                 pNewWhichTable[nNum+1]=nRangeBeg-1;
@@ -626,7 +625,7 @@ sal_uInt16* RemoveWhichRange(const sal_uInt16* pOldWhichTable, sal_uInt16 nRange
 
 SvdProgressInfo::SvdProgressInfo( Link *_pLink )
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT(_pLink!=NULL,"SvdProgressInfo(): Kein Link angegeben!!");
+    DBG_ASSERT(_pLink!=NULL,"SvdProgressInfo(): No Link stated!");
 
     pLink = _pLink;
     nSumActionCount = 0;
@@ -700,7 +699,7 @@ void SvdProgressInfo::ReportError()
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// #i101872# isolate GetTextEditBackgroundColor to tooling; it woll anyways only be used as long
+// #i101872# isolate GetTextEditBackgroundColor to tooling; it will anyways only be used as long
 // as text edit is not running on overlay
 
 namespace
@@ -733,7 +732,7 @@ namespace
             {
                 SdrTextObj* pText = dynamic_cast< SdrTextObj * >(pObj);
 
-                // #108867# Exclude zero master page object (i.e. background shape) from color query
+                // Exclude zero master page object (i.e. background shape) from color query
                 if(pText
                     && pObj->IsClosedObj()
                     && (!bMaster || (!pObj->IsNotVisibleAsMaster() && 0 != no))
@@ -770,7 +769,7 @@ namespace
                 aSet &= rPage.TRG_GetMasterPageVisibleLayers();
                 SdrPage& rMasterPage = rPage.TRG_GetMasterPage();
 
-                // #108867# Don't fall back to background shape on
+                // Don't fall back to background shape on
                 // master pages. This is later handled by
                 // GetBackgroundColor, and is necessary to cater for
                 // the silly ordering: 1. shapes, 2. master page
@@ -780,7 +779,7 @@ namespace
             }
         }
 
-        // #108867# Only now determine background color from background shapes
+        // Only now determine background color from background shapes
         if(!bRet && !bSkipBackgroundShape)
         {
             rCol = rPage.GetPageBackgroundColor();
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdfmtf.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdfmtf.cxx
index 0b0d5d43f0e8..134d0b9b00d4 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdfmtf.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdfmtf.cxx
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ sal_uIntPtr ImpSdrGDIMetaFileImport::DoImport(const GDIMetaFile& rMtf,
         if(pProgrInfo != NULL)
         {
           nActionsToReport++;
-          if(nActionsToReport >= 16) // Alle 16 Action updaten
+          if(nActionsToReport >= 16) // update all 16 actions
           {
             if(!pProgrInfo->ReportActions(nActionsToReport))
               break;
@@ -216,19 +216,18 @@ sal_uIntPtr ImpSdrGDIMetaFileImport::DoImport(const GDIMetaFile& rMtf,
         nActionsToReport = 0;
     }
 
-    // MapMode-Scaling  vornehmen
+    // MapMode scaling
     MapScaling();
-    // Objekte in vorgegebenes Rechteck hineinskalieren
+    // scale objects to predetermined rectangle
     sal_uIntPtr nAnz=aTmpList.GetObjCount();
 
-    // Beim berechnen der Fortschrittsanzeige wird GetActionSize()*3 benutzt.
-    // Da in aTmpList allerdings weniger eintraege als GetActionSize()
-    // existieren koennen, muessen hier die zuviel vermuteten Actionen wieder
-    // hinzugefuegt werden.
+    // To calculate the progress meter, we use GetActionSize()*3.
+    // However, aTmpList has a lower entry count limit than GetActionSize(),
+    // so the actions that were assumed were too much have to be re-added.
     nActionsToReport = (pMtf->GetActionSize() - nAnz)*2;
 
 
-    // Alle noch nicht gemeldeten Rescales melden
+    // announce all currently unannounced rescales
     if(pProgrInfo)
     {
         pProgrInfo->ReportRescales(nActionsToReport);
@@ -236,7 +235,7 @@ sal_uIntPtr ImpSdrGDIMetaFileImport::DoImport(const GDIMetaFile& rMtf,
     }
     nActionsToReport = 0;
 
-    // alle in aTmpList zwischengespeicherten Objekte nun in rOL ab der Position nInsPos einfuegen
+    // insert all objects cached in aTmpList zwischengespeicherten Objekte now into rOL from nInsPos
     if (nInsPos>rOL.GetObjCount()) nInsPos=rOL.GetObjCount();
     SdrInsertReason aReason(SDRREASON_VIEWCALL);
     for (sal_uIntPtr i=0; i<nAnz; i++)
@@ -248,7 +247,7 @@ sal_uIntPtr ImpSdrGDIMetaFileImport::DoImport(const GDIMetaFile& rMtf,
         if(pProgrInfo != NULL)
         {
             nActionsToReport++;
-            if(nActionsToReport >= 32) // Alle 32 Action updaten
+            if(nActionsToReport >= 32) // update all 32 actions
             {
                 pProgrInfo->ReportInserts(nActionsToReport);
                 nActionsToReport = 0;
@@ -257,7 +256,7 @@ sal_uIntPtr ImpSdrGDIMetaFileImport::DoImport(const GDIMetaFile& rMtf,
     }
     if (pTmpMtf!=NULL) delete pTmpMtf;
 
-    // ein letztesmal alle verbliebennen Inserts reporten
+    // report all remaining inserts for the last time
     if(pProgrInfo != NULL)
     {
         pProgrInfo->ReportInserts(nActionsToReport);
@@ -987,7 +986,7 @@ void ImpSdrGDIMetaFileImport::DoAction( MetaCommentAction& rAct, GDIMetaFile* pM
 
                     if(aVD.IsLineColor())
                     {
-                        // switch line off; when there was one there will be a
+                        // switch line off; if there was one, there will be a
                         // META_POLYLINE_ACTION following creating another object
                         const Color aLineColor(aVD.GetLineColor());
                         aVD.SetLineColor();
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdfmtf.hxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdfmtf.hxx
index c2f99a212d79..e9c2d317f13b 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdfmtf.hxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdfmtf.hxx
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 #include <svx/svdobj.hxx>
 
 //************************************************************
-//   Vorausdeklarationen
+// Forward Declarations
 //************************************************************
 
 class SfxItemSet;
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class SdrObject;
 class SvdProgressInfo;
 
 //************************************************************
-//   Hilfsklasse SdrObjRefList
+// Helper Class SdrObjRefList
 //************************************************************
 
 class SdrObjRefList
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public:
 };
 
 //************************************************************
-//   Hilfsklasse ImpSdrGDIMetaFileImport
+// Helper Class ImpSdrGDIMetaFileImport
 //************************************************************
 
 class ImpSdrGDIMetaFileImport
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ protected:
     SdrObjRefList               aTmpList;
     VirtualDevice               aVD;
     Rectangle                   aScaleRect;
-    sal_uLong                       nMapScalingOfs; // ab hier nocht nicht mit MapScaling bearbeitet
+    sal_uLong                       nMapScalingOfs; // from here on, not edited with MapScaling
     SfxItemSet*                 pLineAttr;
     SfxItemSet*                 pFillAttr;
     SfxItemSet*                 pTextAttr;
@@ -97,12 +97,12 @@ protected:
 
     sal_Bool                    bFntDirty;
 
-    // fuer Optimierung von (PenNULL,Brush,DrawPoly),(Pen,BrushNULL,DrawPoly) -> aus 2 mach ein
+    // to optimize (PenNULL,Brush,DrawPoly),(Pen,BrushNULL,DrawPoly) -> two-in-one
     sal_Bool                    bLastObjWasPolyWithoutLine;
     sal_Bool                    bNoLine;
     sal_Bool                    bNoFill;
 
-    // fuer Optimierung mehrerer Linien zu einer Polyline
+    // to optimize multiple lines into a Polyline
     sal_Bool                    bLastObjWasLine;
 
 protected:
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdglev.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdglev.cxx
index df175ae71864..0d9c0c75deca 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdglev.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdglev.cxx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 #include <math.h>
 
 #include <svx/svdundo.hxx>
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // Namen aus der Resource
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // names taken from the resource
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // StringCache
 #include <svx/svdpagv.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdglue.hxx>
@@ -302,10 +302,10 @@ void SdrGlueEditView::ImpCopyMarkedGluePoints()
                 sal_uInt16 nGlueIdx=pGPL->FindGluePoint(nPtId);
                 if (nGlueIdx!=SDRGLUEPOINT_NOTFOUND)
                 {
-                    SdrGluePoint aNewGP((*pGPL)[nGlueIdx]);  // GluePoint klonen
-                    sal_uInt16 nNewIdx=pGPL->Insert(aNewGP);     // und einfuegen
-                    sal_uInt16 nNewId=(*pGPL)[nNewIdx].GetId();  // Id des neuen GluePoints ermitteln
-                    pPts->Replace(nNewId,nPtNum);            // und diesen markieren (anstelle des alten)
+                    SdrGluePoint aNewGP((*pGPL)[nGlueIdx]);  // clone GluePoint
+                    sal_uInt16 nNewIdx=pGPL->Insert(aNewGP);     // and insert it
+                    sal_uInt16 nNewId=(*pGPL)[nNewIdx].GetId();  // retrieve ID of new GluePoints
+                    pPts->Replace(nNewId,nPtNum);            // select it (instead of the old one)
                 }
             }
         }
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdglue.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdglue.cxx
index 8029ba57b621..eac24300d6f4 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdglue.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdglue.cxx
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Point SdrGluePoint::GetAbsolutePos(const SdrObject& rObj) const
         }
     }
     aPt+=aOfs;
-    // Und nun auf's BoundRect des Objekts begrenzen
+    // Now limit to the BoundRect ofthe object
     if (aPt.X()<aBound.Left  ()) aPt.X()=aBound.Left  ();
     if (aPt.X()>aBound.Right ()) aPt.X()=aBound.Right ();
     if (aPt.Y()<aBound.Top   ()) aPt.Y()=aBound.Top   ();
@@ -183,12 +183,12 @@ void SdrGluePoint::Rotate(const Point& rRef, long nWink, double sn, double cs, c
 {
     Point aPt(pObj!=NULL ? GetAbsolutePos(*pObj) : GetPos());
     RotatePoint(aPt,rRef,sn,cs);
-    // Bezugskante drehen
+    // rotate reference edge
     if(nAlign != (SDRHORZALIGN_CENTER|SDRVERTALIGN_CENTER))
     {
         SetAlignAngle(GetAlignAngle()+nWink);
     }
-    // Austrittsrichtungen drehen
+    // rotate exit directions
     sal_uInt16 nEscDir0=nEscDir;
     sal_uInt16 nEscDir1=0;
     if ((nEscDir0&SDRESC_LEFT  )!=0) nEscDir1|=EscAngleToDir(EscDirToAngle(SDRESC_LEFT  )+nWink);
@@ -203,14 +203,14 @@ void SdrGluePoint::Mirror(const Point& rRef1, const Point& rRef2, long nWink, co
 {
     Point aPt(pObj!=NULL ? GetAbsolutePos(*pObj) : GetPos());
     MirrorPoint(aPt,rRef1,rRef2);
-    // Bezugskante spiegeln
+    // mirror reference edge
     if(nAlign != (SDRHORZALIGN_CENTER|SDRVERTALIGN_CENTER))
     {
         long nAW=GetAlignAngle();
         nAW+=2*(nWink-nAW);
         SetAlignAngle(nAW);
     }
-    // Austrittsrichtungen spiegeln
+    // mirror exit directions
     sal_uInt16 nEscDir0=nEscDir;
     sal_uInt16 nEscDir1=0;
     if ((nEscDir0&SDRESC_LEFT)!=0) {
@@ -250,9 +250,8 @@ void SdrGluePoint::Invalidate(Window& rWin, const SdrObject* pObj) const
     Point aPt(pObj!=NULL ? GetAbsolutePos(*pObj) : GetPos());
     aPt=rWin.LogicToPixel(aPt);
     rWin.EnableMapMode(sal_False);
-    long x=aPt.X(),y=aPt.Y(); // Groesse erstmal fest auf 7 Pixel
+    long x=aPt.X(),y=aPt.Y(); // Size fixed to 7 pixels for now
 
-    // #111096#
     // do not erase background, that causes flicker (!)
     rWin.Invalidate(Rectangle(Point(x-3,y-3),Point(x+3,y+3)), INVALIDATE_NOERASE);
 
@@ -287,9 +286,8 @@ void SdrGluePointList::operator=(const SdrGluePointList& rSrcList)
     }
 }
 
-// Die Id's der Klebepunkte in der Liste sind stets streng monoton steigend!
-// Ggf. wird dem neuen Klebepunkt eine neue Id zugewiesen (wenn diese bereits
-// vergeben ist). Die Id 0 ist reserviert.
+// The ID's of the glue points always increase monotonously!
+// If an ID is taken already, the new glue point gets a new ID. ID 0 is reserved.
 sal_uInt16 SdrGluePointList::Insert(const SdrGluePoint& rGP)
 {
     SdrGluePoint* pGP=new SdrGluePoint(rGP);
@@ -308,11 +306,11 @@ sal_uInt16 SdrGluePointList::Insert(const SdrGluePoint& rGP)
                 const SdrGluePoint* pGP2=GetObject(nNum);
                 sal_uInt16 nTmpId=pGP2->GetId();
                 if (nTmpId==nId) {
-                    nId=nLastId+1; // bereits vorhanden
+                    nId=nLastId+1; // already in use
                     bBrk = true;
                 }
                 if (nTmpId>nId) {
-                    nInsPos=nNum; // Hier einfuegen (einsortieren)
+                    nInsPos=nNum; // insert here (sort)
                     bBrk = true;
                 }
             }
@@ -333,8 +331,8 @@ void SdrGluePointList::Invalidate(Window& rWin, const SdrObject* pObj) const
 
 sal_uInt16 SdrGluePointList::FindGluePoint(sal_uInt16 nId) const
 {
-    // Hier noch einen optimaleren Suchalgorithmus implementieren.
-    // Die Liste sollte stets sortiert sein!!!!
+    // TODO: Implement a better search algorithm
+    // List should be sorted at all times!
     sal_uInt16 nAnz=GetCount();
     sal_uInt16 nRet=SDRGLUEPOINT_NOTFOUND;
     for (sal_uInt16 nNum=0; nNum<nAnz && nRet==SDRGLUEPOINT_NOTFOUND; nNum++) {
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdhdl.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdhdl.cxx
index 63674622feb8..d0fb01c4df2d 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdhdl.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdhdl.cxx
@@ -68,22 +68,22 @@
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 // #i15222#
-// Due to the ressource problems in Win95/98 with bitmap ressources i
-// will change this handle bitmap provinging class. Old version was splitting
+// Due to the resource problems in Win95/98 with bitmap resources I
+// will change this handle bitmap providing class. Old version was splitting
 // and preparing all small handle bitmaps in device bitmap format, now this will
-// be done on the fly. Thus, tehre is only the one big bitmap remembered. With
-// three source bitmaps, this will be 3 system bitmap ressources instead of hundreds.
+// be done on the fly. Thus, there is only one big bitmap in memory. With
+// three source bitmaps, this will be 3 system bitmap resources instead of hundreds.
 // The price for that needs to be evaluated. Maybe we will need another change here
 // if this is too expensive.
 class SdrHdlBitmapSet
 {
-    // the bitmap holding all infos
+    // the bitmap holding all information
     BitmapEx                    maMarkersBitmap;
 
     // the cropped Bitmaps for reusage
     ::std::vector< BitmapEx >   maRealMarkers;
 
-    // elpers
+    // helpers
     BitmapEx& impGetOrCreateTargetBitmap(sal_uInt16 nIndex, const Rectangle& rRectangle);
 
 public:
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ BitmapEx& SdrHdlBitmapSet::impGetOrCreateTargetBitmap(sal_uInt16 nIndex, const R
     return rTargetBitmap;
 }
 
-// change getting of bitmap to use the big ressource bitmap
+// change getting of bitmap to use the big resource bitmap
 const BitmapEx& SdrHdlBitmapSet::GetBitmapEx(BitmapMarkerKind eKindOfMarker, sal_uInt16 nInd)
 {
     // fill in size and source position in maMarkersBitmap
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ const BitmapEx& SdrHdlBitmapSet::GetBitmapEx(BitmapMarkerKind eKindOfMarker, sal
     {
         default:
         {
-            OSL_FAIL( "unknown kind of marker" );
+            OSL_FAIL( "Unknown kind of marker." );
             // no break here, return Rect_7x7 as default
         }
         case Rect_7x7:
@@ -249,13 +249,13 @@ const BitmapEx& SdrHdlBitmapSet::GetBitmapEx(BitmapMarkerKind eKindOfMarker, sal
             return impGetOrCreateTargetBitmap((KIND_COUNT * INDEX_COUNT) + 1, Rectangle(Point(15, 67), Size(9, 9)));
         }
 
-        case Anchor: // #101688# AnchorTR for SW
+        case Anchor: // AnchorTR for SW
         case AnchorTR:
         {
             return impGetOrCreateTargetBitmap((KIND_COUNT * INDEX_COUNT) + 2, Rectangle(Point(24, 67), Size(24, 24)));
         }
 
-        // #98388# add AnchorPressed to be able to aninate anchor control
+        // add AnchorPressed to be able to animate anchor control
         case AnchorPressed:
         case AnchorPressedTR:
         {
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ void SdrHdl::CreateB2dIAObject()
             eColIndex = (bSelect) ? Cyan : LightCyan;
         if(bRot)
         {
-            // Drehhandles in Rot
+            // red rotation handles
             if(pObj && bSelect)
                 eColIndex = Red;
             else
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ void SdrHdl::CreateB2dIAObject()
             {
                 break;
             }
-            // #101688# top right anchor for SW
+            // top right anchor for SW
             case HDL_ANCHOR_TR:
             {
                 eKindOfMarker = AnchorTR;
@@ -613,10 +613,10 @@ BitmapMarkerKind SdrHdl::GetNextBigger(BitmapMarkerKind eKnd) const
         case RectPlus_7x7:      eRetval = RectPlus_9x9;     break;
         case RectPlus_9x9:      eRetval = RectPlus_11x11;   break;
 
-        // #98388# let anchor blink with it's pressed state
+        // let anchor blink with its pressed state
         case Anchor:            eRetval = AnchorPressed;    break;
 
-        // #101688# same for AnchorTR
+        // same for AnchorTR
         case AnchorTR:          eRetval = AnchorPressedTR;  break;
         default:
             break;
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ BitmapEx SdrHdl::ImpGetBitmapEx( BitmapMarkerKind eKindOfMarker, sal_uInt16 nInd
             }
         }
 
-        // create animated hdl
+        // create animated handle
         BitmapEx aBmpEx1 = ImpGetBitmapEx( eKindOfMarker, (sal_uInt16)eColIndex );
         BitmapEx aBmpEx2 = ImpGetBitmapEx( eNextBigger,   (sal_uInt16)eColIndex );
 
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ Pointer SdrHdl::GetPointer() const
                 break;
         }
     } else {
-        // Fuer Resize von gedrehten Rechtecken die Mauszeiger etwas mitdrehen
+        // When resizing rotated rectangles, rotate the mouse cursor slightly, too
         if (bSize && nDrehWink!=0) {
             long nHdlWink=0;
             switch (eKind) {
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ Pointer SdrHdl::GetPointer() const
                 default:
                     break;
             }
-            nHdlWink+=nDrehWink+2249; // und etwas drauf (zum runden)
+            nHdlWink+=nDrehWink+2249; // a little bit more (for rounding)
             while (nHdlWink<0) nHdlWink+=36000;
             while (nHdlWink>=36000) nHdlWink-=36000;
             nHdlWink/=4500;
@@ -838,40 +838,39 @@ Pointer SdrHdl::GetPointer() const
     return Pointer(ePtr);
 }
 
-// #97016# II
 sal_Bool SdrHdl::IsFocusHdl() const
 {
     switch(eKind)
     {
-        case HDL_UPLFT:     // Oben links
-        case HDL_UPPER:     // Oben
-        case HDL_UPRGT:     // Oben rechts
-        case HDL_LEFT:      // Links
-        case HDL_RIGHT:     // Rechts
-        case HDL_LWLFT:     // Unten links
-        case HDL_LOWER:     // Unten
-        case HDL_LWRGT:     // Unten rechts
-        {
-            // if it's a activated TextEdit, it's moved to extended points
+        case HDL_UPLFT:
+        case HDL_UPPER:
+        case HDL_UPRGT:
+        case HDL_LEFT:
+        case HDL_RIGHT:
+        case HDL_LWLFT:
+        case HDL_LOWER:
+        case HDL_LWRGT:
+        {
+            // if it's an activated TextEdit, it's moved to extended points
             if(pHdlList && pHdlList->IsMoveOutside())
                 return sal_False;
             else
                 return sal_True;
         }
 
-        case HDL_MOVE:      // Handle zum Verschieben des Objekts
-        case HDL_POLY:      // Punktselektion an Polygon oder Bezierkurve
-        case HDL_BWGT:      // Gewicht an einer Bezierkurve
-        case HDL_CIRC:      // Winkel an Kreissegmenten, Eckenradius am Rect
-        case HDL_REF1:      // Referenzpunkt 1, z.B. Rotationsmitte
-        case HDL_REF2:      // Referenzpunkt 2, z.B. Endpunkt der Spiegelachse
-        //case HDL_MIRX:        // Die Spiegelachse selbst
-        case HDL_GLUE:      // GluePoint
-        case HDL_GLUE_DESELECTED:      // formerly a little blue cross
-        // #98388# do NOT activate here, let SW implement their own SdrHdl and
+        case HDL_MOVE:      // handle to move object
+        case HDL_POLY:      // selected point of polygon or curve
+        case HDL_BWGT:      // weight at a curve
+        case HDL_CIRC:      // angle of circle segments, corner radius of rectangles
+        case HDL_REF1:      // reference point 1, e. g. center of rotation
+        case HDL_REF2:      // reference point 2, e. g. endpoint of reflection axis
+        //case HDL_MIRX:        // reflection axis itself
+        case HDL_GLUE:      // glue point
+        case HDL_GLUE_DESELECTED:      // deselected glue point, used to be a little blue cross
+        // do NOT activate here, let SW implement their own SdrHdl and
         // overload IsFocusHdl() there to make the anchor accessible
         //case HDL_ANCHOR:      // anchor symbol (SD, SW)
-        // #101688# same for AnchorTR
+        // same for AnchorTR
         //case HDL_ANCHOR_TR:   // anchor symbol (SD, SW)
 
         //case HDL_TRNS:        // interactive transparence
@@ -977,7 +976,7 @@ Bitmap SdrHdlColor::CreateColorDropper(Color aCol)
 
     // get write access
     BitmapWriteAccess* pWrite = aRetval.AcquireWriteAccess();
-    DBG_ASSERT(pWrite, "Got NO write access to a new Bitmap !!!");
+    DBG_ASSERT(pWrite, "Got NO write access to a new Bitmap!");
 
     if(pWrite)
     {
@@ -1603,7 +1602,7 @@ Pointer ImpMeasureHdl::GetPointer() const
     {
         case 0: case 1: return Pointer(POINTER_HAND);
         case 2: case 3: return Pointer(POINTER_MOVEPOINT);
-        case 4: case 5: return SdrHdl::GetPointer(); // wird dann entsprechend gedreht
+        case 4: case 5: return SdrHdl::GetPointer(); // will then be rotated appropriately
     } // switch
     return Pointer(POINTER_NOTALLOWED);
 }
@@ -1680,7 +1679,7 @@ int ImpSdrHdlListSorter::Compare(const void* pElem1, const void* pElem2) const
 {
     SdrHdlKind eKind1=((SdrHdl*)pElem1)->GetKind();
     SdrHdlKind eKind2=((SdrHdl*)pElem2)->GetKind();
-    // Level 1: Erst normale Handles, dann Glue, dann User, dann Plushandles, dann Retpunkt-Handles
+    // Level 1: first normal handles, then Glue, then User, then Plus handles, then reference point handles
     unsigned n1=1;
     unsigned n2=1;
     if (eKind1!=eKind2)
@@ -1711,9 +1710,9 @@ int ImpSdrHdlListSorter::Compare(const void* pElem1, const void* pElem2) const
                 sal_uInt32 nNum1=((SdrHdl*)pElem1)->GetObjHdlNum();
                 sal_uInt32 nNum2=((SdrHdl*)pElem2)->GetObjHdlNum();
                 if (nNum1==nNum2)
-                { // #48763#
+                {
                     if (eKind1==eKind2)
-                        return (long)pElem1<(long)pElem2 ? -1 : 1; // Notloesung, um immer die gleiche Sortierung zu haben
+                        return (long)pElem1<(long)pElem2 ? -1 : 1; // Hack, to always get to the same sorting
                     return (sal_uInt16)eKind1<(sal_uInt16)eKind2 ? -1 : 1;
                 }
                 else
@@ -1740,14 +1739,14 @@ SdrMarkView* SdrHdlList::GetView() const
     return pView;
 }
 
-// #105678# Help struct for re-sorting handles
+// Helper struct for re-sorting handles
 struct ImplHdlAndIndex
 {
     SdrHdl*                     mpHdl;
     sal_uInt32                  mnIndex;
 };
 
-// #105678# Help method for sorting handles taking care of OrdNums, keeping order in
+// Helper method for sorting handles taking care of OrdNums, keeping order in
 // single objects and re-sorting polygon handles intuitively
 extern "C" int __LOADONCALLAPI ImplSortHdlFunc( const void* pVoid1, const void* pVoid2 )
 {
@@ -1824,7 +1823,6 @@ extern "C" int __LOADONCALLAPI ImplSortHdlFunc( const void* pVoid1, const void*
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// #97016# II
 
 void SdrHdlList::TravelFocusHdl(sal_Bool bForward)
 {
@@ -1847,10 +1845,10 @@ void SdrHdlList::TravelFocusHdl(sal_Bool bForward)
             //SDObRefresh = sal_True;
         }
 
-        // #105678# Alloc pointer array for sorted handle list
+        // allocate pointer array for sorted handle list
         ImplHdlAndIndex* pHdlAndIndex = new ImplHdlAndIndex[aList.Count()];
 
-        // #105678# build sorted handle list
+        // build sorted handle list
         sal_uInt32 a;
         for( a = 0; a < aList.Count(); a++)
         {
@@ -1858,10 +1856,9 @@ void SdrHdlList::TravelFocusHdl(sal_Bool bForward)
             pHdlAndIndex[a].mnIndex = a;
         }
 
-        // #105678# qsort all entries
         qsort(pHdlAndIndex, aList.Count(), sizeof(ImplHdlAndIndex), ImplSortHdlFunc);
 
-        // #105678# look for old num in sorted array
+        // look for old num in sorted array
         sal_uIntPtr nOldHdl(nOldHdlNum);
 
         if(nOldHdlNum != CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND)
@@ -1876,10 +1873,10 @@ void SdrHdlList::TravelFocusHdl(sal_Bool bForward)
             }
         }
 
-        // #105678# build new HdlNum
+        // build new HdlNum
         sal_uIntPtr nNewHdl(nOldHdl);
 
-        // #105678# do the focus travel
+        // do the focus travel
         if(bForward)
         {
             if(nOldHdl != CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND)
@@ -1924,7 +1921,7 @@ void SdrHdlList::TravelFocusHdl(sal_Bool bForward)
             }
         }
 
-        // #105678# build new HdlNum
+        // build new HdlNum
         sal_uInt32 nNewHdlNum(nNewHdl);
 
         // look for old num in sorted array
@@ -1955,7 +1952,7 @@ void SdrHdlList::TravelFocusHdl(sal_Bool bForward)
             }
         }
 
-        // #105678# free mem again
+        // free memory again
         delete [] pHdlAndIndex;
     }
 }
@@ -2099,13 +2096,13 @@ void SdrHdlList::Clear()
 
 void SdrHdlList::Sort()
 {
-    // #97016# II: remember current focused handle
+    // remember currently focused handle
     SdrHdl* pPrev = GetFocusHdl();
 
     ImpSdrHdlListSorter aSort(aList);
     aSort.DoSort();
 
-    // #97016# II: get now and compare
+    // get now and compare
     SdrHdl* pNow = GetFocusHdl();
 
     if(pPrev != pNow)
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdibrow.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdibrow.cxx
index 77783638e3e5..7557d6c73686 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdibrow.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdibrow.cxx
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ bool _SdrItemBrowserControl::BegChangeEntry(sal_uIntPtr nPos)
         SetMode(MYBROWSEMODE & ~BROWSER_KEEPHIGHLIGHT);
         pEditControl=new ImpItemEdit(&GetDataWindow(),this,0/*|WB_BORDER|WB_3DLOOK*/);
         Rectangle aRect(GetFieldRectPixel(nPos,ITEMBROWSER_VALUECOL_ID,sal_False));
-        aRect.Left()+=2; // Kleiner Offset fuer's Edit, damit's pixelgenau stimmt
+        aRect.Left()+=2; // little offset for the Edit, so it's exact to the pixel
         aRect.Right()--;
         pEditControl->SetPosSizePixel(aRect.TopLeft(),aRect.GetSize());
         pEditControl->SetText(pEntry->aValue);
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ void _SdrItemBrowserControl::ImpSetEntry(const ImpItemListRow& rEntry, sal_uIntP
         bool bValueDiff=!rEntry.aValue.Equals(pAktEntry->aValue);
         bool bAllDiff = true;
         if (bStateDiff || bValueDiff) {
-            // Checken, ob nur State und/oder Value geaendert
+            // check whether only state and/or value have changed
             ImpItemListRow aTest(rEntry);
             aTest.eState=pAktEntry->eState;
             aTest.aValue=pAktEntry->aValue;
@@ -646,18 +646,18 @@ bool IsItemIneffective(sal_uInt16 nWhich, const SfxItemSet* pSet, sal_uInt16& rI
                 }
             }
         } break;
-        case XATTR_FILLCOLOR           : /*nur bei Style=Color*/
-        case XATTR_FILLGRADIENT        : /*nur bei Style=Gradient*/
-        case XATTR_FILLHATCH           : /*nur bei Style=Hatch*/
-        case XATTR_FILLTRANSPARENCE    : /*nur bei Style=Color*/
-        case XATTR_GRADIENTSTEPCOUNT   : /*nur bei Style=Gradient*/
-        case XATTR_FILLBACKGROUND      : /*nur bei Style=Hatch*/
+        case XATTR_FILLCOLOR           : /* only for Style=Color */
+        case XATTR_FILLGRADIENT        : /* only for Style=Gradient */
+        case XATTR_FILLHATCH           : /* only for Style=Hatch */
+        case XATTR_FILLTRANSPARENCE    : /* only for Style=Color */
+        case XATTR_GRADIENTSTEPCOUNT   : /* only for Style=Gradient */
+        case XATTR_FILLBACKGROUND      : /* only for Style=Hatch */
         {
             rIndent=1;
             if (ImpGetItem(*pSet,XATTR_FILLSTYLE,pItem)) {
                 XFillStyle eFillStyle=((const XFillStyleItem*)pItem)->GetValue();
                 if (eFillStyle==XFILL_NONE) return sal_True;
-                // Transparenz z.Zt. nur fuer SolidFill
+                // transparency currently only for SolidFill
                 if (eFillStyle!=XFILL_SOLID && (nWhich==XATTR_FILLCOLOR || nWhich==XATTR_FILLTRANSPARENCE)) return sal_True;
                 if (eFillStyle!=XFILL_GRADIENT && (nWhich==XATTR_FILLGRADIENT || nWhich==XATTR_GRADIENTSTEPCOUNT)) return sal_True;
                 if (eFillStyle!=XFILL_HATCH && (nWhich==XATTR_FILLHATCH || nWhich==XATTR_FILLBACKGROUND)) return sal_True;
@@ -665,22 +665,22 @@ bool IsItemIneffective(sal_uInt16 nWhich, const SfxItemSet* pSet, sal_uInt16& rI
         } break;
         case XATTR_FILLBITMAP          :
         case XATTR_FILLBMP_TILE        :
-        case XATTR_FILLBMP_POS         : /* z.Zt. nur wenn TILE=sal_True */
-        case XATTR_FILLBMP_SIZEX       : /* nur wenn nicht Stretch */
-        case XATTR_FILLBMP_SIZEY       : /* nur wenn nicht Stretch */
-        case XATTR_FILLBMP_SIZELOG     : /* nur wenn SIZELOG=sal_False zum ruecksetzen auf sal_True (alt) -> doch noch in Gebrauch */
-        case XATTR_FILLBMP_TILEOFFSETX : /* nur wenn TILE=sal_True */
-        case XATTR_FILLBMP_TILEOFFSETY : /* nur wenn TILE=sal_True */
-        case XATTR_FILLBMP_STRETCH     : /* nur wenn TILE=sal_False */
-        case XATTR_FILLBMP_POSOFFSETX  : /* nur wenn TILE=sal_True*/
-        case XATTR_FILLBMP_POSOFFSETY  : { /* nur wenn TILE=sal_True*/
+        case XATTR_FILLBMP_POS         : /* currently only if TILE=sal_True */
+        case XATTR_FILLBMP_SIZEX       : /* only if not Stretch */
+        case XATTR_FILLBMP_SIZEY       : /* only if not Stretch */
+        case XATTR_FILLBMP_SIZELOG     : /* only if SIZELOG=sal_False to reset to sal_True (old) -> but is still in use */
+        case XATTR_FILLBMP_TILEOFFSETX : /* only if TILE=sal_True */
+        case XATTR_FILLBMP_TILEOFFSETY : /* only if TILE=sal_True */
+        case XATTR_FILLBMP_STRETCH     : /* only if TILE=sal_False */
+        case XATTR_FILLBMP_POSOFFSETX  : /* only if TILE=sal_True*/
+        case XATTR_FILLBMP_POSOFFSETY  : { /* only if TILE=sal_True*/
             rIndent=1;
             if (ImpGetItem(*pSet,XATTR_FILLSTYLE,pItem)) {
                 XFillStyle eFillStyle=((const XFillStyleItem*)pItem)->GetValue();
                 if (eFillStyle!=XFILL_BITMAP) return sal_True;
             }
             if (nWhich==XATTR_FILLBITMAP || nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_TILE) {
-                return sal_False; // immer anwaehlbar
+                return sal_False; // always selectable
             }
             bool bTileTRUE = false;
             bool bTileFALSE = false;
@@ -692,21 +692,21 @@ bool IsItemIneffective(sal_uInt16 nWhich, const SfxItemSet* pSet, sal_uInt16& rI
             if (ImpGetItem(*pSet,XATTR_FILLBMP_STRETCH,pItem)) {
                 bStretchTRUE=((const XFillBmpStretchItem*)pItem)->GetValue();
             }
-            // Stretch nicht anwaehlbar, wenn Tile=TRUE
+            // Stretch not selectable if Tile=TRUE
             if (nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_STRETCH) return bTileTRUE;
-            // und uebrig bleiben 7+1 Item (Unterattribute)
+            // and 7+1 items (sub-attributes) remain
             rIndent=2;
-            // Pos (enum) nicht anwaehlbar, wenn Tile=FALSE
+            // Pos (enum) not selectable if Tile=FALSE
             if (nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_POS) return bTileFALSE;
-            // SizeXY nicht anwaehlbar bei Stretch=TRUE
+            // SizeXY not selectable if Stretch=TRUE
             if (nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_SIZEX || nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_SIZEY) {
                 return bTileFALSE && bStretchTRUE;
             }
-            // 2 Items speziell fuer Tile
+            // 2 items specially for Tile
             if (nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_POSOFFSETX  || nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_POSOFFSETY) {
                 return bTileFALSE;
             }
-            // Noch 2 Items speziell fuer Tile die sich jedoch gegenseitig ausschliessen
+            // another 2 items specially for Tile -- however, these exclude each other
             if (nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_TILEOFFSETX || nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_TILEOFFSETY) {
                 if (bTileFALSE) return sal_True;
                 sal_uInt16 nX=0,nY=0;
@@ -727,10 +727,10 @@ bool IsItemIneffective(sal_uInt16 nWhich, const SfxItemSet* pSet, sal_uInt16& rI
                     if (nX!=0) return sal_True;
                 }
             }
-            // SizeLog nicht anwaehlbar bei Stretch=TRUE
-            // und sonst auch nur wenn es auf SizeLog=sal_False gesetzt ist.
-            // -> wohl doch noch in Gebrauch
-            // (sal_True ist der statische PoolDefault)
+            // SizeLog not selectable if Stretch=TRUE and/or
+            // if SizeLog=sal_False.
+            // -> apparently still in use
+            // (sal_True is the static PoolDefault)
             if (nWhich==XATTR_FILLBMP_SIZELOG) {
                 if (bTileFALSE && bStretchTRUE) return sal_True;
             }
@@ -932,9 +932,9 @@ void _SdrItemBrowserControl::SetAttributes(const SfxItemSet* pSet, const SfxItem
         sal_uInt16 nWhich0=0;
         sal_uInt16 nWhich=aIter.FirstWhich();
         while (nWhich!=0) {
-            // Nun erstmal etwas umsortieren
-            // Geht nur, solange keine InvalidItems, d.h. keine Luecken
-            // an dieser Stelle im Set sind
+            // Now sort this a little bit differently.
+            // Only works as long as there are no InvalidItems, i. e. no gaps
+            // at this position in the Set.
             if (!bDontSortItems) nWhich=ImpSortWhich(nWhich);
             SfxItemState eState=pSet->GetItemState(nWhich);
             if (p2ndSet!=NULL) {
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ void _SdrItemBrowserControl::SetAttributes(const SfxItemSet* pSet, const SfxItem
             nWhich=aIter.NextWhich();
         } // while
 
-        if (aList.Count()>nEntryNum) { // evtl. noch zuviele Eintraege
+        if (aList.Count()>nEntryNum) { // maybe still too many entries
             sal_uIntPtr nTooMuch=aList.Count()-nEntryNum;
             for (sal_uIntPtr nNum=0; nNum<nTooMuch; nNum++) {
                 delete ImpGetEntry(nEntryNum);
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ void _SdrItemBrowserControl::SetAttributes(const SfxItemSet* pSet, const SfxItem
             RowRemoved(nEntryNum,nTooMuch);
         }
     } else {
-        Clear(); // wenn pSet==NULL
+        Clear(); // if pSet==NULL
     }
     ImpRestoreWhich();
     SetMode(MYBROWSEMODE);
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svditer.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svditer.cxx
index 84be68161ef7..b9ea4d6c6aad 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svditer.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svditer.cxx
@@ -31,8 +31,6 @@
 #include <svx/svdogrp.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdobj.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdmark.hxx>
-
-// #99190#
 #include <svx/scene3d.hxx>
 
 SdrObjListIter::SdrObjListIter(const SdrObjList& rObjList, SdrIterMode eMode, bool bReverse)
@@ -92,7 +90,7 @@ void SdrObjListIter::ImpProcessMarkList( const SdrMarkList& rMarkList, SdrIterMo
 void SdrObjListIter::ImpProcessObj(SdrObject* pObj, SdrIterMode eMode, bool bUseZOrder)
 {
     bool bIsGroup = pObj->IsGroupObject();
-    // #99190# 3D objects are no group objects, IsGroupObject()
+    // 3D objects are not group objects, IsGroupObject()
     // only tests if pSub is not null ptr :-(
     if( bIsGroup && pObj->ISA( E3dObject ) && !pObj->ISA( E3dScene ) )
         bIsGroup = false;
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdlayer.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdlayer.cxx
index 81d2cf495eaf..42d90291e4fa 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdlayer.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdlayer.cxx
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@
 #include <com/sun/star/uno/Sequence.hxx>
 
 #include <svx/svdlayer.hxx>
-#include <svx/svdmodel.hxx> // fuer Broadcasting
+#include <svx/svdmodel.hxx> // for Broadcasting
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // StringCache
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // Namen aus der Resource
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // names taken from the resource
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 // SetOfByte
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ void SdrLayer::SetName(const XubString& rNewName)
     if(!rNewName.Equals(aName))
     {
         aName = rNewName;
-        nType = 0; // Userdefined
+        nType = 0; // user defined
 
         if(pModel)
         {
@@ -399,9 +399,9 @@ const SdrLayer* SdrLayerAdmin::GetLayerPerID(sal_uInt16 nID) const
     return pLay;
 }
 
-// Globale LayerID's beginnen mit 0 aufsteigend.
-// Lokale LayerID's beginnen mit 254 absteigend.
-// 255 ist reserviert fuer SDRLAYER_NOTFOUND
+// Global LayerIDs begin at 0 and increase,
+// local LayerIDs begin at 254 and decrease;
+// 255 is reserved for SDRLAYER_NOTFOUND.
 
 SdrLayerID SdrLayerAdmin::GetUniqueLayerID() const
 {
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdmark.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdmark.cxx
index 7bbc638d6fb8..c9ef7d63286f 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdmark.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdmark.cxx
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@
 #include <svx/svdpage.hxx>
 #include "svx/svditer.hxx"
 #include <svx/svdpagv.hxx>
-#include <svx/svdopath.hxx> // zur Abschaltung
-#include <svx/svdogrp.hxx>  // des Cache bei
-#include <svx/svdorect.hxx> // GetMarkDescription
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // Namen aus der Resource
+#include <svx/svdopath.hxx> // To turn off
+#include <svx/svdogrp.hxx>  // the cache at
+#include <svx/svdorect.hxx> // GetMarkDescription.
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // names taken from the resource
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // StringCache
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ void SdrMark::ObjectInDestruction(const SdrObject& rObject)
 {
     (void) rObject; // avoid warnings
     OSL_ENSURE(mpSelectedSdrObject && mpSelectedSdrObject == &rObject, "SdrMark::ObjectInDestruction: called form object different from hosted one (!)");
-    OSL_ENSURE(mpSelectedSdrObject, "SdrMark::ObjectInDestruction: still seleceted SdrObject is deleted, deselect first (!)");
+    OSL_ENSURE(mpSelectedSdrObject, "SdrMark::ObjectInDestruction: still selected SdrObject is deleted, deselect first (!)");
     mpSelectedSdrObject = 0L;
 }
 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ void SdrMarkList::ImpForceSort()
                         if(pCmp->IsCon2())
                             pAkt->SetCon2(sal_True);
 
-                        // pCmp loeschen.
+                        // delete pCmp
                         maList.Remove();
 
                         delete pCmp;
@@ -452,8 +452,6 @@ void SdrMarkList::operator=(const SdrMarkList& rLst)
 
 sal_uLong SdrMarkList::FindObject(const SdrObject* pObj) const
 {
-    // #109658#
-    //
     // Since relying on OrdNums is not allowed for the selection because objects in the
     // selection may not be inserted in a list if they are e.g. modified ATM, i changed
     // this loop to just look if the object pointer is in the selection.
@@ -497,7 +495,7 @@ void SdrMarkList::InsertEntry(const SdrMark& rMark, sal_Bool bChkSort)
 
         if(pLastObj == pNeuObj)
         {
-            // Aha, den gibt's schon
+            // This one already exists.
             // Con1/Con2 Merging
             if(rMark.IsCon1())
                 pLast->SetCon1(sal_True);
@@ -510,7 +508,7 @@ void SdrMarkList::InsertEntry(const SdrMark& rMark, sal_Bool bChkSort)
             SdrMark* pKopie = new SdrMark(rMark);
             maList.Insert(pKopie, CONTAINER_APPEND);
 
-            // und nun checken, ob die Sortierung noch ok ist
+            // now check if the sort is ok
             const SdrObjList* pLastOL = pLastObj!=0L ? pLastObj->GetObjList() : 0L;
             const SdrObjList* pNeuOL = pNeuObj !=0L ? pNeuObj ->GetObjList() : 0L;
 
@@ -521,13 +519,13 @@ void SdrMarkList::InsertEntry(const SdrMark& rMark, sal_Bool bChkSort)
 
                 if(nNeuNum < nLastNum)
                 {
-                    // irgendwann muss mal sortiert werden
+                    // at some point, we have to sort
                     mbSorted = sal_False;
                 }
             }
             else
             {
-                // irgendwann muss mal sortiert werden
+                // at some point, we have to sort
                 mbSorted = sal_False;
             }
         }
@@ -539,7 +537,7 @@ void SdrMarkList::InsertEntry(const SdrMark& rMark, sal_Bool bChkSort)
 void SdrMarkList::DeleteMark(sal_uLong nNum)
 {
     SdrMark* pMark = GetMark(nNum);
-    DBG_ASSERT(pMark!=0L,"DeleteMark: MarkEntry nicht gefunden");
+    DBG_ASSERT(pMark!=0L,"DeleteMark: MarkEntry not found.");
 
     if(pMark)
     {
@@ -552,7 +550,7 @@ void SdrMarkList::DeleteMark(sal_uLong nNum)
 void SdrMarkList::ReplaceMark(const SdrMark& rNewMark, sal_uLong nNum)
 {
     SdrMark* pMark = GetMark(nNum);
-    DBG_ASSERT(pMark!=0L,"ReplaceMark: MarkEntry nicht gefunden");
+    DBG_ASSERT(pMark!=0L,"ReplaceMark: MarkEntry not found.");
 
     if(pMark)
     {
@@ -570,7 +568,7 @@ void SdrMarkList::Merge(const SdrMarkList& rSrcList, sal_Bool bReverse)
 
     if(rSrcList.mbSorted)
     {
-        // Merging ohne ein Sort bei rSrcList zu erzwingen
+        // merge without forcing a Sort in rSrcList
         bReverse = sal_False;
     }
 
@@ -617,7 +615,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkList::DeletePageView(const SdrPageView& rPV)
 sal_Bool SdrMarkList::InsertPageView(const SdrPageView& rPV)
 {
     sal_Bool bChgd(sal_False);
-    DeletePageView(rPV); // erstmal alle raus, dann die ganze Seite hinten dran
+    DeletePageView(rPV); // delete all of them, then append the entire page
     SdrObject* pObj;
     const SdrObjList* pOL = rPV.GetObjList();
     sal_uLong nObjAnz(pOL->GetObjCount());
@@ -645,7 +643,7 @@ const XubString& SdrMarkList::GetMarkDescription() const
 
     if(mbNameOk && 1L == nAnz)
     {
-        // Bei Einfachselektion nur Textrahmen cachen
+        // if it's a single selection, cache only text frame
         const SdrObject* pObj = GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
         const SdrTextObj* pTextObj = PTR_CAST(SdrTextObj, pObj);
 
@@ -731,14 +729,14 @@ const XubString& SdrMarkList::GetPointMarkDescription(sal_Bool bGlue) const
 
         if(nMarkPtObjAnz > 1 && rNameOk)
         {
-            // vorzeitige Entscheidung
+            // preliminary decision
             return rName;
         }
     }
 
     if(rNameOk && 1L == nMarkPtObjAnz)
     {
-        // Bei Einfachselektion nur Textrahmen cachen
+        // if it's a single selection, cache only text frame
         const SdrObject* pObj = GetMark(0)->GetMarkedSdrObj();
         const SdrTextObj* pTextObj = PTR_CAST(SdrTextObj,pObj);
 
@@ -961,7 +959,7 @@ namespace sdr
             maMarkedEdgesOfMarkedNodes.Clear();
             maAllMarkedObjects.clear();
 
-            // #126320# GetMarkCount after ForceSort
+            // GetMarkCount after ForceSort
             const sal_uLong nMarkAnz(maMarkedObjectList.GetMarkCount());
 
             for(sal_uLong a(0L); a < nMarkAnz; a++)
@@ -1003,7 +1001,7 @@ namespace sdr
 
                                     if(CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND == maMarkedObjectList.FindObject(pEdge))
                                     {
-                                        // nachsehen, ob er selbst markiert ist
+                                        // check if it itself is selected
                                         maEdgesOfMarkedNodes.InsertEntry(aM);
                                     }
                                     else
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdmodel.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdmodel.cxx
index 3531ae70a76e..a5ef15cd7c29 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdmodel.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdmodel.cxx
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 #include <svx/xlnstit.hxx>
 
 #include "svx/svditext.hxx"
-#include <editeng/editeng.hxx>   // Fuer EditEngine::CreatePool()
+#include <editeng/editeng.hxx>   // for EditEngine::CreatePool()
 
 #include <svx/xtable.hxx>
 
@@ -60,12 +60,12 @@
 #include <svx/svdundo.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpool.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdobj.hxx>
-#include <svx/svdotext.hxx>  // fuer ReformatAllTextObjects und CalcFieldValue
+#include <svx/svdotext.hxx>  // for ReformatAllTextObjects and CalcFieldValue
 #include <svx/svdetc.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdoutl.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdoole2.hxx>
-#include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // Stringcache
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // Objektname
+#include "svx/svdglob.hxx"  // StringCache
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"   // object's name
 #include "svdoutlinercache.hxx"
 
 
@@ -83,11 +83,9 @@
 #include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
 #include <comphelper/servicehelper.hxx>
 
-// #90477#
 #include <tools/tenccvt.hxx>
 #include <unotools/syslocale.hxx>
 
-// #95114#
 #include <vcl/svapp.hxx>
 #include <svx/sdr/properties/properties.hxx>
 #include <editeng/eeitem.hxx>
@@ -185,16 +183,16 @@ void SdrModel::ImpCtor(SfxItemPool* pPool, ::comphelper::IEmbeddedHelper* _pEmbe
     if ( pPool == NULL )
     {
         pItemPool=new SdrItemPool(0L, bLoadRefCounts);
-        // Der Outliner hat keinen eigenen Pool, deshalb den der EditEngine
+        // Outliner doesn't have its own Pool, so use the EditEngine's
         SfxItemPool* pOutlPool=EditEngine::CreatePool( bLoadRefCounts );
-        // OutlinerPool als SecondaryPool des SdrPool
+        // OutlinerPool as SecondaryPool of SdrPool
         pItemPool->SetSecondaryPool(pOutlPool);
-        // Merken, dass ich mir die beiden Pools selbst gemacht habe
+        // remember that I created both pools myself
         bMyPool=sal_True;
     }
     pItemPool->SetDefaultMetric((SfxMapUnit)eObjUnit);
 
-// SJ: #95129# using static SdrEngineDefaults only if default SvxFontHeight item is not available
+// using static SdrEngineDefaults only if default SvxFontHeight item is not available
     const SfxPoolItem* pPoolItem = pItemPool->GetPoolDefaultItem( EE_CHAR_FONTHEIGHT );
     if ( pPoolItem )
         nDefTextHgt = ((SvxFontHeightItem*)pPoolItem)->GetHeight();
@@ -208,8 +206,8 @@ void SdrModel::ImpCtor(SfxItemPool* pPool, ::comphelper::IEmbeddedHelper* _pEmbe
     pLayerAdmin->SetModel(this);
     ImpSetUIUnit();
 
-    // den DrawOutliner OnDemand erzeugen geht noch nicht, weil ich den Pool
-    // sonst nicht kriege (erst ab 302!)
+    // can't create DrawOutliner OnDemand, because I can't get the Pool,
+    // then (only from 302 onwards!)
     pDrawOutliner = SdrMakeOutliner( OUTLINERMODE_TEXTOBJECT, this );
     ImpSetOutlinerDefaults(pDrawOutliner, sal_True);
 
@@ -279,8 +277,8 @@ SdrModel::SdrModel(const SdrModel& /*rSrcModel*/):
     RTL_LOGFILE_CONTEXT_AUTHOR ( aLog, "svx", "aw93748", "SdrModel::SdrModel(...)" );
 #endif
 
-    // noch nicht implementiert
-    OSL_FAIL("SdrModel::CopyCtor() ist noch nicht implementiert");
+    // not yet implemented
+    OSL_FAIL("SdrModel::CopyCtor() is not yet implemented.");
 }
 
 SdrModel::~SdrModel()
@@ -302,7 +300,7 @@ SdrModel::~SdrModel()
     if(pAktUndoGroup)
     {
         rtl::OStringBuffer aStr(RTL_CONSTASCII_STRINGPARAM(
-            "Im Dtor des SdrModel steht noch ein offenes Undo rum: \""));
+            "In the Dtor of the SdrModel there is an open Undo left: \""));
         aStr.append(rtl::OUStringToOString(pAktUndoGroup->GetComment(), osl_getThreadTextEncoding()))
             .append('\"');
         OSL_FAIL(aStr.getStr());
@@ -311,20 +309,17 @@ SdrModel::~SdrModel()
     if (pAktUndoGroup!=NULL)
         delete pAktUndoGroup;
 
-    // #116168#
     ClearModel(sal_True);
 
     delete pLayerAdmin;
 
-    // Den DrawOutliner erst nach dem ItemPool loeschen, da
-    // der ItemPool Items des DrawOutliners referenziert !!! (<- das war mal)
-    // Wg. Problem bei Malte Reihenfolge wieder umgestellt.
-    // Loeschen des Outliners vor dem loeschen des ItemPools
+    // Delete DrawOutliner only after deleting ItemPool, because ItemPool
+    // references Items of the DrawOutliner!
     delete pHitTestOutliner;
     delete pDrawOutliner;
 
     // delete StyleSheetPool, derived classes should not do this since
-    // the DrawingEngine may need it in its destrctor (SB)
+    // the DrawingEngine may need it in its destructor
     if( mxStyleSheetPool.is() )
     {
         Reference< XComponent > xComponent( dynamic_cast< cppu::OWeakObject* >( mxStyleSheetPool.get() ), UNO_QUERY );
@@ -340,12 +335,11 @@ SdrModel::~SdrModel()
 
     if (bMyPool)
     {
-        // Pools loeschen, falls es meine sind
+        // delete Pools if they're mine
         SfxItemPool* pOutlPool=pItemPool->GetSecondaryPool();
         SfxItemPool::Free(pItemPool);
-        // Der OutlinerPool muss nach dem ItemPool plattgemacht werden, da der
-        // ItemPool SetItems enthaelt die ihrerseits Items des OutlinerPools
-        // referenzieren (Joe)
+        // OutlinerPool has to be deleted after deleting ItemPool, because
+        // ItemPool contains SetItems that themselves reference Items from OutlinerPool.
         SfxItemPool::Free(pOutlPool);
     }
 
@@ -364,15 +358,15 @@ bool SdrModel::IsInDestruction() const
     return mbInDestruction;
 }
 
-// noch nicht implementiert:
+// not yet implemented
 void SdrModel::operator=(const SdrModel& /*rSrcModel*/)
 {
-    OSL_FAIL("SdrModel::operator=() ist noch nicht implementiert");
+    OSL_FAIL("SdrModel::operator=() is not yet implemented.");
 }
 
 bool SdrModel::operator==(const SdrModel& /*rCmpModel*/) const
 {
-    OSL_FAIL("SdrModel::operator==() ist noch nicht implementiert");
+    OSL_FAIL("SdrModel::operator==() is not yet implemented");
     return sal_False;
 }
 
@@ -623,7 +617,7 @@ void SdrModel::EndUndo()
 
 void SdrModel::SetUndoComment(const XubString& rComment)
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT(nUndoLevel!=0,"SdrModel::SetUndoComment(): UndoLevel is on level 0!");
+    DBG_ASSERT(nUndoLevel!=0,"SdrModel::SetUndoComment(): UndoLevel is already 0!");
 
     if( mpImpl->mpUndoManager )
     {
@@ -640,7 +634,7 @@ void SdrModel::SetUndoComment(const XubString& rComment)
 
 void SdrModel::SetUndoComment(const XubString& rComment, const XubString& rObjDescr)
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT(nUndoLevel!=0,"SdrModel::SetUndoComment(): UndoLevel is 0!");
+    DBG_ASSERT(nUndoLevel!=0,"SdrModel::SetUndoComment(): UndoLevel is already 0!");
     if( mpImpl->mpUndoManager )
     {
         OSL_FAIL("svx::SdrModel::SetUndoComment(), method not supported with application undo manager!" );
@@ -712,7 +706,6 @@ void SdrModel::ImpCreateTables()
     }
 }
 
-// #116168#
 void SdrModel::ClearModel(sal_Bool bCalledFromDestructor)
 {
     if(bCalledFromDestructor)
@@ -728,7 +721,6 @@ void SdrModel::ClearModel(sal_Bool bCalledFromDestructor)
         DeletePage( (sal_uInt16)i );
     }
     maPages.Clear();
-    // #109538#
     PageListChanged();
 
     // delete all Masterpages
@@ -738,7 +730,6 @@ void SdrModel::ClearModel(sal_Bool bCalledFromDestructor)
         DeleteMasterPage( (sal_uInt16)i );
     }
     maMaPag.Clear();
-    // #109538#
     MasterPageListChanged();
 
     pLayerAdmin->ClearLayer();
@@ -763,7 +754,7 @@ void SdrModel::SetTextDefaults() const
 
 void SdrModel::SetTextDefaults( SfxItemPool* pItemPool, sal_uIntPtr nDefTextHgt )
 {
-    // #95114# set application-language specific dynamic pool language defaults
+    // set application-language specific dynamic pool language defaults
     SvxFontItem aSvxFontItem( EE_CHAR_FONTINFO) ;
     SvxFontItem aSvxFontItemCJK(EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CJK);
     SvxFontItem aSvxFontItemCTL(EE_CHAR_FONTINFO_CTL);
@@ -822,7 +813,7 @@ const SdrTextObj* SdrModel::GetFormattingTextObj() const
 void SdrModel::ImpSetOutlinerDefaults( SdrOutliner* pOutliner, sal_Bool bInit )
 {
     /**************************************************************************
-    * Initialisierung der Outliner fuer Textausgabe und HitTest
+    * Initialization of the Outliners for drawing text and HitTest
     **************************************************************************/
     if( bInit )
     {
@@ -869,10 +860,9 @@ void SdrModel::ImpReformatAllTextObjects()
     }
 }
 
-/** #103122#
-    steps over all available pages and sends notify messages to
+/*  steps over all available pages and sends notify messages to
     all edge objects that are connected to other objects so that
-    they may reposition itselfs
+    they may reposition themselves
 */
 void SdrModel::ImpReformatAllEdgeObjects()
 {
@@ -897,7 +887,7 @@ SvStream* SdrModel::GetDocumentStream(SdrDocumentStreamInfo& /*rStreamInfo*/) co
     return NULL;
 }
 
-// Die Vorlagenattribute der Zeichenobjekte in harte Attribute verwandeln.
+// convert template attributes from the string into "hard" attributes
 void SdrModel::BurnInStyleSheetAttributes()
 {
     sal_uInt16 nAnz=GetMasterPageCount();
@@ -978,7 +968,7 @@ void SdrModel::ImpSetUIUnit()
     switch (eUIUnit)
     {
         case FUNIT_NONE   : break;
-        // Metrisch
+        // metric
         case FUNIT_100TH_MM: nUIUnitKomma-=5; break;
         case FUNIT_MM     : nUIUnitKomma-=3; break;
         case FUNIT_CM     : nUIUnitKomma-=2; break;
@@ -987,14 +977,14 @@ void SdrModel::ImpSetUIUnit()
         // Inch
         case FUNIT_TWIP   : nMul=144; nUIUnitKomma--;  break;  // 1Twip = 1/1440"
         case FUNIT_POINT  : nMul=72;     break;            // 1Pt   = 1/72"
-        case FUNIT_PICA   : nMul=6;      break;            // 1Pica = 1/6"  ?
+        case FUNIT_PICA   : nMul=6;      break;            // 1Pica = 1/6"
         case FUNIT_INCH   : break;                         // 1"    = 1"
         case FUNIT_FOOT   : nDiv*=12;    break;            // 1Ft   = 12"
         case FUNIT_MILE   : nDiv*=6336; nUIUnitKomma++; break; // 1mile = 63360"
-        // sonstiges
+        // other
         case FUNIT_CUSTOM : break;
         case FUNIT_PERCENT: nUIUnitKomma+=2; break;
-        // TODO: Add code to handle the following if needed (added to removed warning)
+        // TODO: Add code to handle the following if needed (added to remove warning)
         case FUNIT_CHAR   : break;
         case FUNIT_LINE   : break;
     } // switch
@@ -1036,14 +1026,14 @@ void SdrModel::ImpSetUIUnit()
         nDiv *= aUIScale.GetNumerator();
     }
 
-    // shorten trailing zeroes for dividend
+    // shorten trailing zeros for dividend
     while(0 == (nMul % 10))
     {
         nUIUnitKomma--;
         nMul /= 10;
     }
 
-    // shorten trailing zeroes for divisor
+    // shorten trailing zeros for divisor
     while(0 == (nDiv % 10))
     {
         nUIUnitKomma++;
@@ -1065,7 +1055,7 @@ void SdrModel::SetScaleUnit(MapUnit eMap, const Fraction& rFrac)
         ImpSetUIUnit();
         ImpSetOutlinerDefaults( pDrawOutliner );
         ImpSetOutlinerDefaults( pHitTestOutliner );
-        ImpReformatAllTextObjects(); // #40424#
+        ImpReformatAllTextObjects();
     }
 }
 
@@ -1077,7 +1067,7 @@ void SdrModel::SetScaleUnit(MapUnit eMap)
         ImpSetUIUnit();
         ImpSetOutlinerDefaults( pDrawOutliner );
         ImpSetOutlinerDefaults( pHitTestOutliner );
-        ImpReformatAllTextObjects(); // #40424#
+        ImpReformatAllTextObjects();
     }
 }
 
@@ -1088,7 +1078,7 @@ void SdrModel::SetScaleFraction(const Fraction& rFrac)
         ImpSetUIUnit();
         ImpSetOutlinerDefaults( pDrawOutliner );
         ImpSetOutlinerDefaults( pHitTestOutliner );
-        ImpReformatAllTextObjects(); // #40424#
+        ImpReformatAllTextObjects();
     }
 }
 
@@ -1097,7 +1087,7 @@ void SdrModel::SetUIUnit(FieldUnit eUnit)
     if (eUIUnit!=eUnit) {
         eUIUnit=eUnit;
         ImpSetUIUnit();
-        ImpReformatAllTextObjects(); // #40424#
+        ImpReformatAllTextObjects();
     }
 }
 
@@ -1106,7 +1096,7 @@ void SdrModel::SetUIScale(const Fraction& rScale)
     if (aUIScale!=rScale) {
         aUIScale=rScale;
         ImpSetUIUnit();
-        ImpReformatAllTextObjects(); // #40424#
+        ImpReformatAllTextObjects();
     }
 }
 
@@ -1116,7 +1106,7 @@ void SdrModel::SetUIUnit(FieldUnit eUnit, const Fraction& rScale)
         eUIUnit=eUnit;
         aUIScale=rScale;
         ImpSetUIUnit();
-        ImpReformatAllTextObjects(); // #40424#
+        ImpReformatAllTextObjects();
     }
 }
 
@@ -1200,7 +1190,7 @@ void SdrModel::TakeUnitStr(FieldUnit eUnit, XubString& rStr)
 void SdrModel::TakeMetricStr(long nVal, XubString& rStr, bool bNoUnitChars, sal_Int32 nNumDigits) const
 {
     // #i22167#
-    // change to double precision usage to not loose decimal places after comma
+    // change to double precision usage to not lose decimal places
     const bool bNegative(nVal < 0L);
     SvtSysLocale aSysLoc;
     const LocaleDataWrapper& rLoc(aSysLoc.GetLocaleData());
@@ -1239,7 +1229,7 @@ void SdrModel::TakeMetricStr(long nVal, XubString& rStr, bool bNoUnitChars, sal_
 
     if(nKomma < 0)
     {
-        // Negatives Komma bedeutet: Nullen dran
+        // negative nKomma (decimal point) means: add zeros
         sal_Int32 nAnz(-nKomma);
 
         for(sal_Int32 i=0; i<nAnz; i++)
@@ -1248,11 +1238,11 @@ void SdrModel::TakeMetricStr(long nVal, XubString& rStr, bool bNoUnitChars, sal_
         nKomma = 0;
     }
 
-    // #83257# the second condition needs to be <= since inside this loop
+    // the second condition needs to be <= since inside this loop
     // also the leading zero is inserted.
     if(nKomma > 0 && rStr.Len() <= nKomma)
     {
-        // Fuer Komma evtl. vorne Nullen dran
+        // if necessary, add zeros before the decimal point
         sal_Int32 nAnz(nKomma - rStr.Len());
 
         if(nAnz >= 0 && rLoc.isNumLeadingZero())
@@ -1264,7 +1254,7 @@ void SdrModel::TakeMetricStr(long nVal, XubString& rStr, bool bNoUnitChars, sal_
 
     sal_Unicode cDec( rLoc.getNumDecimalSep().GetChar(0) );
 
-    // KommaChar einfuegen
+    // insert KommaChar (decimal point character)
     sal_Int32 nVorKomma(rStr.Len() - nKomma);
 
     if(nKomma > 0)
@@ -1279,7 +1269,7 @@ void SdrModel::TakeMetricStr(long nVal, XubString& rStr, bool bNoUnitChars, sal_
             rStr.Erase(rStr.Len() - 1);
     }
 
-    // ggf. Trennpunkte bei jedem Tausender einfuegen
+    // if necessary, add separators before every third digit
     if( nVorKomma > 3 )
     {
         String aThoSep( rLoc.getNumThousandSep() );
@@ -1288,7 +1278,7 @@ void SdrModel::TakeMetricStr(long nVal, XubString& rStr, bool bNoUnitChars, sal_
             sal_Unicode cTho( aThoSep.GetChar(0) );
             sal_Int32 i(nVorKomma - 3);
 
-            while(i > 0) // #78311#
+            while(i > 0)
             {
                 rStr.Insert(cTho, (xub_StrLen)i);
                 i -= 3;
@@ -1390,7 +1380,6 @@ void SdrModel::InsertPage(SdrPage* pPage, sal_uInt16 nPos)
     sal_uInt16 nAnz=GetPageCount();
     if (nPos>nAnz) nPos=nAnz;
     maPages.Insert(pPage,nPos);
-    // #109538#
     PageListChanged();
     pPage->SetInserted(sal_True);
     pPage->SetPageNum(nPos);
@@ -1411,7 +1400,6 @@ void SdrModel::DeletePage(sal_uInt16 nPgNum)
 SdrPage* SdrModel::RemovePage(sal_uInt16 nPgNum)
 {
     SdrPage* pPg=(SdrPage*)maPages.Remove(nPgNum);
-    // #109538#
     PageListChanged();
     if (pPg!=NULL) {
         pPg->SetInserted(sal_False);
@@ -1427,7 +1415,6 @@ SdrPage* SdrModel::RemovePage(sal_uInt16 nPgNum)
 void SdrModel::MovePage(sal_uInt16 nPgNum, sal_uInt16 nNewPos)
 {
     SdrPage* pPg=(SdrPage*)maPages.Remove(nPgNum);
-    // #109538#
     PageListChanged();
     if (pPg!=NULL) {
         pPg->SetInserted(sal_False);
@@ -1440,7 +1427,6 @@ void SdrModel::InsertMasterPage(SdrPage* pPage, sal_uInt16 nPos)
     sal_uInt16 nAnz=GetMasterPageCount();
     if (nPos>nAnz) nPos=nAnz;
     maMaPag.Insert(pPage,nPos);
-    // #109538#
     MasterPageListChanged();
     pPage->SetInserted(sal_True);
     pPage->SetPageNum(nPos);
@@ -1463,12 +1449,11 @@ void SdrModel::DeleteMasterPage(sal_uInt16 nPgNum)
 SdrPage* SdrModel::RemoveMasterPage(sal_uInt16 nPgNum)
 {
     SdrPage* pRetPg=(SdrPage*)maMaPag.Remove(nPgNum);
-    // #109538#
     MasterPageListChanged();
 
     if(pRetPg)
     {
-        // Nun die Verweise der normalen Zeichenseiten auf die entfernte MasterPage loeschen
+        // Now delete the links from the normal drawing pages to the deleted master page.
         sal_uInt16 nPageAnz(GetPageCount());
 
         for(sal_uInt16 np(0); np < nPageAnz; np++)
@@ -1490,12 +1475,10 @@ SdrPage* SdrModel::RemoveMasterPage(sal_uInt16 nPgNum)
 void SdrModel::MoveMasterPage(sal_uInt16 nPgNum, sal_uInt16 nNewPos)
 {
     SdrPage* pPg=(SdrPage*)maMaPag.Remove(nPgNum);
-    // #109538#
     MasterPageListChanged();
     if (pPg!=NULL) {
         pPg->SetInserted(sal_False);
         maMaPag.Insert(pPg,nNewPos);
-        // #109538#
         MasterPageListChanged();
     }
     bMPgNumsDirty=sal_True;
@@ -1507,7 +1490,6 @@ void SdrModel::MoveMasterPage(sal_uInt16 nPgNum, sal_uInt16 nNewPos)
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
-// #48289#
 void SdrModel::CopyPages(sal_uInt16 nFirstPageNum, sal_uInt16 nLastPageNum,
                          sal_uInt16 nDestPos,
                          bool bUndo, bool bMoveNoCopy)
@@ -1531,7 +1513,7 @@ void SdrModel::CopyPages(sal_uInt16 nFirstPageNum, sal_uInt16 nLastPageNum,
     if (nDestPos>nPageAnz)
         nDestPos=nPageAnz;
 
-    // Zunaechst die Zeiger der betroffenen Seiten in einem Array sichern
+    // at first, save the pointers of the affected pages in an array
     sal_uInt16 nPageNum=nFirstPageNum;
     sal_uInt16 nCopyAnz=((!bReverse)?(nLastPageNum-nFirstPageNum):(nFirstPageNum-nLastPageNum))+1;
     SdrPage** pPagePtrs=new SdrPage*[nCopyAnz];
@@ -1545,7 +1527,7 @@ void SdrModel::CopyPages(sal_uInt16 nFirstPageNum, sal_uInt16 nLastPageNum,
             nPageNum++;
     }
 
-    // Jetzt die Seiten kopieren
+    // now copy the pages
     sal_uInt16 nDestNum=nDestPos;
     for (nCopyNum=0; nCopyNum<nCopyAnz; nCopyNum++)
     {
@@ -1562,7 +1544,7 @@ void SdrModel::CopyPages(sal_uInt16 nFirstPageNum, sal_uInt16 nLastPageNum,
         }
         else
         {
-            // Move ist nicht getestet!
+            // TODO: Move is untested!
             if (nDestNum>nPageNum2)
                 nDestNum--;
 
@@ -1592,7 +1574,7 @@ void SdrModel::Merge(SdrModel& rSourceModel,
                      bool bUndo, bool bTreadSourceAsConst)
 {
     if (&rSourceModel==this)
-    { // #48289#
+    {
         CopyPages(nFirstPageNum,nLastPageNum,nDestPos,bUndo,!bTreadSourceAsConst);
         return;
     }
@@ -1616,7 +1598,7 @@ void SdrModel::Merge(SdrModel& rSourceModel,
     bool* pMasterNeed=NULL;
     sal_uInt16    nMasterNeed=0;
     if (bMergeMasterPages && nSrcMasterPageAnz!=0) {
-        // Feststellen, welche MasterPages aus rSrcModel benoetigt werden
+        // determine which MasterPages from rSrcModel we need
         pMasterMap=new sal_uInt16[nSrcMasterPageAnz];
         pMasterNeed=new bool[nSrcMasterPageAnz];
         memset(pMasterMap,0xFF,nSrcMasterPageAnz*sizeof(sal_uInt16));
@@ -1640,7 +1622,7 @@ void SdrModel::Merge(SdrModel& rSourceModel,
                 }
             }
         }
-        // Nun das Mapping der MasterPages bestimmen
+        // now determine the Mapping of the MasterPages
         sal_uInt16 nAktMaPagNum=nDstMasterPageAnz;
         for (sal_uInt16 i=0; i<nSrcMasterPageAnz; i++) {
             if (pMasterNeed[i]) {
@@ -1651,7 +1633,7 @@ void SdrModel::Merge(SdrModel& rSourceModel,
         }
     }
 
-    // rueberholen der Masterpages
+    // get the MasterPages
     if (pMasterMap!=NULL && pMasterNeed!=NULL && nMasterNeed!=0) {
         for (sal_uInt16 i=nSrcMasterPageAnz; i>0;) {
             i--;
@@ -1664,11 +1646,10 @@ void SdrModel::Merge(SdrModel& rSourceModel,
                     pPg=rSourceModel.RemoveMasterPage(i);
                 }
                 if (pPg!=NULL) {
-                    // und alle ans einstige Ende des DstModel reinschieben.
-                    // nicht InsertMasterPage() verwenden da die Sache
-                    // inkonsistent ist bis alle drin sind
+                    // Now append all of them to the end of the DstModel.
+                    // Don't use InsertMasterPage(), because everything is
+                    // inconsistent until all are in.
                     maMaPag.Insert(pPg,nDstMasterPageAnz);
-                    // #109538#
                     MasterPageListChanged();
                     pPg->SetInserted(sal_True);
                     pPg->SetModel(this);
@@ -1681,7 +1662,7 @@ void SdrModel::Merge(SdrModel& rSourceModel,
         }
     }
 
-    // rueberholen der Zeichenseiten
+    // get the drawing pages
     if (bInsPages) {
         sal_uInt16 nSourcePos=nFirstPageNum;
         sal_uInt16 nMergeCount=sal_uInt16(Abs((long)((long)nFirstPageNum-nLastPageNum))+1);
@@ -1697,7 +1678,6 @@ void SdrModel::Merge(SdrModel& rSourceModel,
             if (pPg!=NULL) {
                 InsertPage(pPg,nDestPos);
                 if (bUndo) AddUndo(GetSdrUndoFactory().CreateUndoNewPage(*pPg));
-                // und nun zu den MasterPageDescriptoren
 
                 if(pPg->TRG_HasMasterPage())
                 {
@@ -1722,17 +1702,17 @@ void SdrModel::Merge(SdrModel& rSourceModel,
 
                             pPg->TRG_SetMasterPage(*GetMasterPage(nNeuNum));
                         }
-                        DBG_ASSERT(nNeuNum!=0xFFFF,"SdrModel::Merge(): Irgendwas ist krumm beim Mappen der MasterPages");
+                        DBG_ASSERT(nNeuNum!=0xFFFF,"SdrModel::Merge(): Something is crooked with the mapping of the MasterPages.");
                     } else {
                         if (nMaPgNum>=nDstMasterPageAnz) {
-                            // Aha, die ist ausserbalb des urspruenglichen Bereichs der Masterpages des DstModel
+                            // This is outside of the original area of the MasterPage of the DstModel.
                             pPg->TRG_ClearMasterPage();
                         }
                     }
                 }
 
             } else {
-                OSL_FAIL("SdrModel::Merge(): Zeichenseite im SourceModel nicht gefunden");
+                OSL_FAIL("SdrModel::Merge(): Drawing page not found in SourceModel.");
             }
             nDestPos++;
             if (bReverse) nSourcePos--;
@@ -1748,8 +1728,8 @@ void SdrModel::Merge(SdrModel& rSourceModel,
     bPagNumsDirty=sal_True;
 
     SetChanged();
-    // Fehlt: Mergen und Mapping der Layer
-    // an den Objekten sowie an den MasterPageDescriptoren
+    // TODO: Missing: merging and mapping of layers
+    // at the objects as well as at the MasterPageDescriptors
     if (bUndo) EndUndo();
 }
 
@@ -1757,8 +1737,8 @@ void SdrModel::SetStarDrawPreviewMode(sal_Bool bPreview)
 {
     if (!bPreview && bStarDrawPreviewMode && GetPageCount())
     {
-        // Das Zuruecksetzen ist nicht erlaubt, da das Model ev. nicht vollstaendig geladen wurde
-        DBG_ASSERT(sal_False,"SdrModel::SetStarDrawPreviewMode(): Zuruecksetzen nicht erlaubt, da Model ev. nicht vollstaendig");
+        // Resetting is not allowed, because the Model might not be loaded completely
+        DBG_ASSERT(sal_False,"SdrModel::SetStarDrawPreviewMode(): Resetting not allowed, because Model might not be complete.");
     }
     else
     {
@@ -1792,9 +1772,9 @@ void SdrModel::setLock( bool bLock )
     {
         if( sal_False == bLock )
         {
-            // ReformatAllTextObjects(); #103122# due to a typo in the above if, this code was never
+            // ReformatAllTextObjects(); due to a typo in the above if, this code was never
             //                           executed, so I remove it until we discover that we need it here
-            ImpReformatAllEdgeObjects();    // #103122#
+            ImpReformatAllEdgeObjects();
         }
         mbModelLocked = bLock;
     }
@@ -1837,7 +1817,7 @@ void SdrModel::MigrateItemSet( const SfxItemSet* pSourceSet, SfxItemSet* pDestSe
                     pItem = ((XFillGradientItem*)pItem)->checkForUniqueItem( pNewModel );
                     break;
                 case XATTR_FILLFLOATTRANSPARENCE:
-                    // #85953# allow all kinds of XFillFloatTransparenceItem to be set
+                    // allow all kinds of XFillFloatTransparenceItem to be set
                     pItem = ((XFillFloatTransparenceItem*)pItem)->checkForUniqueItem( pNewModel );
                     break;
                 case XATTR_FILLHATCH:
@@ -2009,8 +1989,8 @@ void SdrModel::SetSdrUndoFactory( SdrUndoFactory* pUndoFactory )
     }
 }
 
-/** cl: added this for OJ to complete his reporting engine, does not work
-    correctly so only enable it for his model */
+/* added for the reporting engine, but does not work
+   correctly, so only enable it for this model */
 void SdrModel::SetAllowShapePropertyChangeListener( bool bAllow )
 {
     if( mpImpl )
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdmrkv.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdmrkv.cxx
index 489298487809..f720e680c23c 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdmrkv.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdmrkv.cxx
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 class SdrUnoControlList;
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// #114409#-3 Migrate Marking of Objects, Points and GluePoints
+// Migrate Marking of Objects, Points and GluePoints
 
 class ImplMarkingOverlay
 {
@@ -130,15 +130,7 @@ void ImplMarkingOverlay::SetSecondPosition(const basegfx::B2DPoint& rNewPosition
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  @@   @@  @@@@  @@@@@  @@  @@  @@ @@ @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//  @@@ @@@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@  @@ @@ @@ @@    @@   @@
-//  @@@@@@@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@ @@   @@ @@ @@ @@    @@ @ @@
-//  @@@@@@@ @@@@@@ @@@@@  @@@@    @@@@@ @@ @@@@  @@@@@@@
-//  @@ @ @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@ @@    @@@  @@ @@    @@@@@@@
-//  @@   @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@   @@@  @@ @@    @@@ @@@
-//  @@   @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@    @   @@ @@@@@ @@   @@
-//
+// MarkView
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
@@ -162,10 +154,10 @@ void SdrMarkView::ImpClearVars()
     mbMarkHandlesHidden = false;
     bMrkPntDirty=sal_False;
     bMarkHdlWhenTextEdit=sal_False;
-    bMarkableObjCountDirty=sal_False; // noch nicht implementiert
-    nMarkableObjCount=0;          // noch nicht implementiert
+    bMarkableObjCountDirty=sal_False; // not yet implemented
+    nMarkableObjCount=0;          // not yet implemented
 
-    // #114409#-3 Migrate selections
+    // Migrate selections
     BrkMarkObj();
     BrkMarkPoints();
     BrkMarkGluePoints();
@@ -185,7 +177,7 @@ SdrMarkView::SdrMarkView(SdrModel* pModel1, OutputDevice* pOut)
 
 SdrMarkView::~SdrMarkView()
 {
-    // #114409#-3 Migrate selections
+    // Migrate selections
     BrkMarkObj();
     BrkMarkPoints();
     BrkMarkGluePoints();
@@ -220,15 +212,15 @@ void SdrMarkView::ModelHasChanged()
     GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().SetNameDirty();
     bMarkedObjRectDirty=sal_True;
     bMarkedPointsRectsDirty=sal_True;
-    // Es sind beispielsweise Obj markiert und maMarkedObjectListist Sorted.
-    // In einer anderen View 2 wird die ObjOrder veraendert
-    // (z.B. MovToTop()). Dann ist Neusortieren der MarkList erforderlich.
+    // Example: Obj is selected and maMarkedObjectList is sorted.
+    // In another View 2, the ObjOrder is changed (e. g. MovToTop())
+    // Then we need to re-sort MarkList.
     GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().SetUnsorted();
     SortMarkedObjects();
     bMrkPntDirty=sal_True;
     UndirtyMrkPnt();
     SdrView* pV=(SdrView*)this;
-    if (pV!=NULL && !pV->IsDragObj() && !pV->IsInsObjPoint()) { // an dieser Stelle habe ich ein ziemliches Problem !!!
+    if (pV!=NULL && !pV->IsDragObj() && !pV->IsInsObjPoint()) {
         AdjustMarkHdl();
     }
 }
@@ -328,7 +320,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::HideSdrPage()
         //HMH   HideMarkHdl();
         //HMH}
 
-        // Alle Markierungen dieser Seite verwerfen
+        // Discard all selections on this page
         bMrkChg = GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().DeletePageView(*mpPageView);
     }
 
@@ -573,10 +565,10 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::ImpIsFrameHandles() const
         }
     }
     if (!bStdDrag && !bFrmHdl) {
-        // Grundsaetzlich erstmal alle anderen Dragmodi nur mit FrameHandles
+        // all other drag modes only with FrameHandles
         bFrmHdl=sal_True;
         if (eDragMode==SDRDRAG_ROTATE) {
-            // bei Rotate ObjOwn-Drag, wenn mind. 1 PolyObj
+            // when rotating, use ObjOwn drag, if there's at least 1 PolyObj
             for (sal_uIntPtr nMarkNum=0; nMarkNum<nMarkAnz && bFrmHdl; nMarkNum++) {
                 const SdrMark* pM=GetSdrMarkByIndex(nMarkNum);
                 const SdrObject* pObj=pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
@@ -585,7 +577,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::ImpIsFrameHandles() const
         }
     }
     if (!bFrmHdl) {
-        // FrameHandles, wenn wenigstens 1 Obj kein SpecialDrag kann
+        // FrameHandles, if at least 1 Obj can't do SpecialDrag
         for (sal_uIntPtr nMarkNum=0; nMarkNum<nMarkAnz && !bFrmHdl; nMarkNum++) {
             const SdrMark* pM=GetSdrMarkByIndex(nMarkNum);
             const SdrObject* pObj=pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
@@ -597,7 +589,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::ImpIsFrameHandles() const
 
 void SdrMarkView::SetMarkHandles()
 {
-    // #105722# remember old focus handle values to search for it again
+    // remember old focus handle values to search for it again
     const SdrHdl* pSaveOldFocusHdl = aHdl.GetFocusHdl();
     sal_Bool bSaveOldFocus(sal_False);
     sal_uInt32 nSavePolyNum(0L), nSavePointNum(0L);
@@ -668,7 +660,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::SetMarkHandles()
                 && ((SdrTextObj*)pMarkedObj)->IsInEditMode());
 
             if(!aRect.IsEmpty() && !bHideHandlesWhenInTextEdit)
-            { // sonst nix gefunden
+            { // otherwise nothing is found
                 if( bSingleTextObjMark )
                 {
                     const sal_uIntPtr nSiz0=aHdl.GetHdlCount();
@@ -763,7 +755,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::SetMarkHandles()
             } // for nMarkNum
         } // if bFrmHdl else
 
-        // GluePoint-Handles
+        // GluePoint handles
         for (sal_uIntPtr nMarkNum=0; nMarkNum<nMarkAnz; nMarkNum++)
         {
             const SdrMark* pM=GetSdrMarkByIndex(nMarkNum);
@@ -797,7 +789,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::SetMarkHandles()
             }
         }
 
-        // Drehpunkt/Spiegelachse
+        // rotation point/axis of reflection
         AddDragModeHdl(eDragMode);
 
         // sort handles
@@ -806,7 +798,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::SetMarkHandles()
         // add custom handles (used by other apps, e.g. AnchorPos)
         AddCustomHdl();
 
-        // #105722# try to restore focus handle index from remembered values
+        // try to restore focus handle index from remembered values
         if(bSaveOldFocus)
         {
             for(sal_uInt32 a(0); a < aHdl.GetHdlCount(); a++)
@@ -864,16 +856,16 @@ void SdrMarkView::AddDragModeHdl(SdrDragMode eMode)
         }
         case SDRDRAG_MIRROR:
         {
-            // add mirror axis
+            // add axis of reflection
             SdrHdl* pHdl3 = new SdrHdl(aRef2, HDL_REF2);
             SdrHdl* pHdl2 = new SdrHdl(aRef1, HDL_REF1);
             SdrHdl* pHdl1 = new SdrHdlLine(*pHdl2, *pHdl3, HDL_MIRX);
 
-            pHdl1->SetObjHdlNum(1); // fuer Sortierung
-            pHdl2->SetObjHdlNum(2); // fuer Sortierung
-            pHdl3->SetObjHdlNum(3); // fuer Sortierung
+            pHdl1->SetObjHdlNum(1); // for sorting
+            pHdl2->SetObjHdlNum(2); // for sorting
+            pHdl3->SetObjHdlNum(3); // for sorting
 
-            aHdl.AddHdl(pHdl1); // Linie als erstes, damit als letztes im HitTest
+            aHdl.AddHdl(pHdl1); // line comes first, so it is the last in HitTest
             aHdl.AddHdl(pHdl2);
             aHdl.AddHdl(pHdl3);
 
@@ -881,7 +873,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::AddDragModeHdl(SdrDragMode eMode)
         }
         case SDRDRAG_TRANSPARENCE:
         {
-            // add interactive transparence handle
+            // add interactive transparency handle
             sal_uIntPtr nMarkAnz = GetMarkedObjectCount();
             if(nMarkAnz == 1)
             {
@@ -929,7 +921,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::AddDragModeHdl(SdrDragMode eMode)
                 SdrHdlColor* pColHdl1 = new SdrHdlColor(aTmpPos1, aGradTransVector.aCol1, SDR_HANDLE_COLOR_SIZE_NORMAL, sal_True);
                 SdrHdlColor* pColHdl2 = new SdrHdlColor(aTmpPos2, aGradTransVector.aCol2, SDR_HANDLE_COLOR_SIZE_NORMAL, sal_True);
                 SdrHdlGradient* pGradHdl = new SdrHdlGradient(aTmpPos1, aTmpPos2, sal_False);
-                DBG_ASSERT(pColHdl1 && pColHdl2 && pGradHdl, "Got not all necessary handles!!");
+                DBG_ASSERT(pColHdl1 && pColHdl2 && pGradHdl, "Could not get all necessary handles!");
 
                 // link them
                 pGradHdl->SetColorHandles(pColHdl1, pColHdl2);
@@ -971,7 +963,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::AddDragModeHdl(SdrDragMode eMode)
                     SdrHdlColor* pColHdl1 = new SdrHdlColor(aTmpPos1, aGradTransVector.aCol1, aHdlSize, sal_False);
                     SdrHdlColor* pColHdl2 = new SdrHdlColor(aTmpPos2, aGradTransVector.aCol2, aHdlSize, sal_False);
                     SdrHdlGradient* pGradHdl = new SdrHdlGradient(aTmpPos1, aTmpPos2, sal_True);
-                    DBG_ASSERT(pColHdl1 && pColHdl2 && pGradHdl, "Got not all necessary handles!!");
+                    DBG_ASSERT(pColHdl1 && pColHdl2 && pGradHdl, "Could not get all necessary handles!");
 
                     // link them
                     pGradHdl->SetColorHandles(pColHdl1, pColHdl2);
@@ -989,7 +981,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::AddDragModeHdl(SdrDragMode eMode)
         }
         case SDRDRAG_CROP:
         {
-            // todo
+            // TODO
             break;
         }
         default: break;
@@ -1049,7 +1041,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::ForceRefToMarked()
 
         case SDRDRAG_MIRROR:
         {
-            // Erstmal die laenge der Spiegelachsenlinie berechnen
+            // first calculate the length of the axis of reflection
             long nOutMin=0;
             long nOutMax=0;
             long nMinLen=0;
@@ -1058,18 +1050,18 @@ void SdrMarkView::ForceRefToMarked()
             OutputDevice* pOut=GetFirstOutputDevice();
             //OutputDevice* pOut=GetWin(0);
             if (pOut!=NULL) {
-                // Mindestlaenge 50 Pixel
+                // minimum length: 50 pixels
                 nMinLen=pOut->PixelToLogic(Size(0,50)).Height();
-                // 20 Pixel fuer RefPt-Abstand vom Obj
+                // 20 pixels distance to the Obj for the reference point
                 nObjDst=pOut->PixelToLogic(Size(0,20)).Height();
                 // MinY/MaxY
-                // Abstand zum Rand = Mindestlaenge = 10 Pixel
+                // margin = minimum length = 10 pixels
                 long nDst=pOut->PixelToLogic(Size(0,10)).Height();
                 nOutMin=-pOut->GetMapMode().GetOrigin().Y();
                 nOutMax=pOut->GetOutputSize().Height()-1+nOutMin;
                 nOutMin+=nDst;
                 nOutMax-=nDst;
-                // Absolute Mindestlaenge jedoch 10 Pixel
+                // absolute minimum length, however, is 10 pixels
                 if (nOutMax-nOutMin<nDst) {
                     nOutMin+=nOutMax+1;
                     nOutMin/=2;
@@ -1077,7 +1069,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::ForceRefToMarked()
                     nOutMax=nOutMin+nDst;
                 }
                 nOutHgt=nOutMax-nOutMin;
-                // Sonst Mindestlaenge = 1/4 OutHgt
+                // otherwise minimum length = 1/4 OutHgt
                 long nTemp=nOutHgt/4;
                 if (nTemp>nMinLen) nMinLen=nTemp;
             }
@@ -1085,15 +1077,15 @@ void SdrMarkView::ForceRefToMarked()
             Rectangle aR(GetMarkedObjBoundRect());
             Point aCenter(aR.Center());
             long nMarkHgt=aR.GetHeight()-1;
-            long nHgt=nMarkHgt+nObjDst*2;       // 20 Pixel obej und unten ueberstehend
-            if (nHgt<nMinLen) nHgt=nMinLen;     // Mindestlaenge 50 Pixel bzw. 1/4 OutHgt
+            long nHgt=nMarkHgt+nObjDst*2;       // 20 pixels overlapping above and below
+            if (nHgt<nMinLen) nHgt=nMinLen;     // minimum length 50 pixels or 1/4 OutHgt, respectively
 
             long nY1=aCenter.Y()-(nHgt+1)/2;
             long nY2=nY1+nHgt;
 
-            if (pOut!=NULL && nMinLen>nOutHgt) nMinLen=nOutHgt; // evtl. noch etwas verkuerzen
+            if (pOut!=NULL && nMinLen>nOutHgt) nMinLen=nOutHgt; // TODO: maybe shorten this a little
 
-            if (pOut!=NULL) { // nun vollstaendig in den sichtbaren Bereich schieben
+            if (pOut!=NULL) { // now move completely into the visible area
                 if (nY1<nOutMin) {
                     nY1=nOutMin;
                     if (nY2<nY1+nMinLen) nY2=nY1+nMinLen;
@@ -1157,20 +1149,20 @@ void SdrMarkView::CheckMarked()
         SdrObject* pObj=pM->GetMarkedSdrObj();
         SdrPageView* pPV=pM->GetPageView();
         SdrLayerID nLay=pObj->GetLayer();
-        sal_Bool bRaus=!pObj->IsInserted(); // Obj geloescht?
+        sal_Bool bRaus=!pObj->IsInserted(); // Obj deleted?
         if (!pObj->Is3DObj()) {
-            bRaus=bRaus || pObj->GetPage()!=pPV->GetPage();   // Obj ploetzlich in anderer Page oder Group
+            bRaus=bRaus || pObj->GetPage()!=pPV->GetPage();   // Obj suddenly in different Page or Group
         }
-        bRaus=bRaus || pPV->GetLockedLayers().IsSet(nLay) ||  // Layer gesperrt?
-                       !pPV->GetVisibleLayers().IsSet(nLay);  // Layer nicht sichtbar?
+        bRaus=bRaus || pPV->GetLockedLayers().IsSet(nLay) ||  // Layer locked?
+                       !pPV->GetVisibleLayers().IsSet(nLay);  // Layer invisible?
 
         if( !bRaus )
-            bRaus = !pObj->IsVisible(); // not visible objects can not be marked
+            bRaus = !pObj->IsVisible(); // invisible objects can not be selected
 
         if (!bRaus) {
-            // Joe am 9.3.1997: Gruppierte Objekten koennen nun auch
-            // markiert werden. Nach EnterGroup muessen aber die Objekte
-            // der hoeheren Ebene deselektiert werden.
+            // Grouped objects can now be selected.
+            // After EnterGroup the higher-level objects,
+            // have to be deselected, though.
             const SdrObjList* pOOL=pObj->GetObjList();
             const SdrObjList* pVOL=pPV->GetObjList();
             while (pOOL!=NULL && pOOL!=pVOL) {
@@ -1185,7 +1177,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::CheckMarked()
         }
         else
         {
-            if (!IsGluePointEditMode()) { // Markierte GluePoints nur im GlueEditMode
+            if (!IsGluePointEditMode()) { // selected glue points only in GlueEditMode
                 SdrUShortCont* pPts=pM->GetMarkedGluePoints();
                 if (pPts!=NULL && pPts->GetCount()!=0) {
                     pPts->Clear();
@@ -1194,7 +1186,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::CheckMarked()
         }
     }
 
-    // #97995# at least reset the remembered BoundRect to prevent handle
+    // at least reset the remembered BoundRect to prevent handle
     // generation if bForceFrameHandles is TRUE.
     bMarkedObjRectDirty = sal_True;
 }
@@ -1232,8 +1224,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::SetEditMode(SdrViewEditMode eMode)
         eEditMode=eMode;
         sal_Bool bGlue1=eEditMode==SDREDITMODE_GLUEPOINTEDIT;
         sal_Bool bEdge1=((SdrCreateView*)this)->IsEdgeTool();
-        // etwas Aufwand um Flackern zu verhindern beim Umschalten
-        // zwischen GlueEdit und EdgeTool
+        // avoid flickering when switching between GlueEdit and EdgeTool
         if (bGlue1 && !bGlue0) ImpSetGlueVisible2(bGlue1);
         if (bEdge1!=bEdge0) ImpSetGlueVisible3(bEdge1);
         if (!bGlue1 && bGlue0) ImpSetGlueVisible2(bGlue1);
@@ -1250,8 +1241,8 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::IsObjMarkable(SdrObject* pObj, SdrPageView* pPV) const
         if (pObj->IsMarkProtect() ||
             (!bDesignMode && pObj->IsUnoObj()))
         {
-            // Objekt nicht selektierbar oder
-            // SdrUnoObj nicht im DesignMode
+            // objekt not selectable or
+            // SdrUnoObj not in DesignMode
             return sal_False;
         }
     }
@@ -1272,7 +1263,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::IsMarkedObjHit(const Point& rPnt, short nTol) const
 
 SdrHdl* SdrMarkView::PickHandle(const Point& rPnt, sal_uIntPtr nOptions, SdrHdl* pHdl0) const
 {
-    if (bSomeObjChgdFlag) { // ggf. Handles neu berechnen lassen!
+    if (bSomeObjChgdFlag) { // recalculate handles, if necessary
         FlushComeBackTimer();
     }
     sal_Bool bBack=(nOptions & SDRSEARCH_BACKWARD) !=0;
@@ -1307,7 +1298,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkNextObj(sal_Bool bPrev)
 
     SortMarkedObjects();
     sal_uIntPtr  nMarkAnz=GetMarkedObjectCount();
-    sal_uIntPtr  nChgMarkNum = ULONG_MAX; // Nummer des zu ersetzenden MarkEntries
+    sal_uIntPtr  nChgMarkNum = ULONG_MAX; // number of the MarkEntry we want to replace
     sal_uIntPtr  nSearchObjNum = bPrev ? 0 : ULONG_MAX;
     if (nMarkAnz!=0) {
         nChgMarkNum=bPrev ? 0 : sal_uIntPtr(nMarkAnz-1);
@@ -1347,7 +1338,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkNextObj(sal_Bool bPrev)
     {
         GetMarkedObjectListWriteAccess().DeleteMark(nChgMarkNum);
     }
-    MarkObj(pMarkObj,pPageView); // ruft auch MarkListHasChanged(), AdjustMarkHdl()
+    MarkObj(pMarkObj,pPageView); // also calls MarkListHasChanged(), AdjustMarkHdl()
     return sal_True;
 }
 
@@ -1360,7 +1351,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkNextObj(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, sal_Bool bPrev)
     SdrMark* pBtmMarkHit=NULL;
     sal_uIntPtr nTopMarkHit=0;
     sal_uIntPtr nBtmMarkHit=0;
-    // oberstes der markierten Objekte suchen, das von rPnt getroffen wird
+    // find topmost of the selected objects that is hit by rPnt
     sal_uIntPtr nMarkAnz=GetMarkedObjectCount();
     sal_uIntPtr nm=0;
     for (nm=nMarkAnz; nm>0 && pTopMarkHit==NULL;) {
@@ -1372,14 +1363,14 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkNextObj(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, sal_Bool bPrev)
             nTopMarkHit=nm;
         }
     }
-    // Nichts gefunden, dann ganz normal ein Obj markieren.
+    // nothing found, in this case, just select an object
     if (pTopMarkHit==NULL) return MarkObj(rPnt,sal_uInt16(nTol),sal_False);
 
     SdrObject* pTopObjHit=pTopMarkHit->GetMarkedSdrObj();
     SdrObjList* pObjList=pTopObjHit->GetObjList();
     SdrPageView* pPV=pTopMarkHit->GetPageView();
-    // unterstes der markierten Objekte suchen, das von rPnt getroffen wird
-    // und auf der gleichen PageView liegt wie pTopMarkHit
+    // find lowermost of the selected objects that is hit by rPnt
+    // and is placed on the same PageView as pTopMarkHit
     for (nm=0; nm<nMarkAnz && pBtmMarkHit==NULL; nm++) {
         SdrMark* pM=GetSdrMarkByIndex(nm);
         SdrPageView* pPV2=pM->GetPageView();
@@ -1393,7 +1384,6 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkNextObj(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, sal_Bool bPrev)
     SdrObject* pBtmObjHit=pBtmMarkHit->GetMarkedSdrObj();
     sal_uIntPtr nObjAnz=pObjList->GetObjCount();
 
-    // #110988#
     //sal_uIntPtr nSearchBeg=bPrev ? pBtmObjHit->GetOrdNum()+1 : pTopObjHit->GetOrdNum();
     sal_uInt32 nSearchBeg;
     E3dScene* pScene = NULL;
@@ -1446,7 +1436,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkNextObj(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, sal_Bool bPrev)
             if (TryToFindMarkedObject(pObj)==CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND) {
                 pFndObj=pObj;
             } else {
-                // hier wg. Performance ggf. noch no auf Top bzw. auf Btm stellen
+                // TODO: for performance reasons set no to Top or Btm, if necessary
             }
         }
         if (bPrev) no++;
@@ -1525,7 +1515,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::MarkObj(SdrObject* pObj, SdrPageView* pPV, sal_Bool bUnmark, s
             MarkListHasChanged();
             AdjustMarkHdl(); //HMHTRUE);
             //HMHif (!bSomeObjChgdFlag) {
-                // ShowMarkHdl kommt sonst mit dem AfterPaintTimer
+                // ShowMarkHdl otherwise comes via AfterPaintTimer
                 //HMHShowMarkHdl();
             //HMH}
         }
@@ -1534,8 +1524,8 @@ void SdrMarkView::MarkObj(SdrObject* pObj, SdrPageView* pPV, sal_Bool bUnmark, s
 
 sal_Bool SdrMarkView::IsObjMarked(SdrObject* pObj) const
 {
-    // nicht so ganz die feine Art: Da FindObject() nicht const ist
-    // muss ich mich hier auf non-const casten.
+    // Hack: Because FindObject() is not const,
+    // I have to cast myself to non-const.
     sal_uIntPtr nPos=((SdrMarkView*)this)->TryToFindMarkedObject(pObj);
     return nPos!=CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
 }
@@ -1557,7 +1547,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::SetMarkHdlSizePixel(sal_uInt16 nSiz)
     }
 }
 
-#define SDRSEARCH_IMPISMASTER 0x80000000 /* MasterPage wird gerade durchsucht */
+#define SDRSEARCH_IMPISMASTER 0x80000000 /* MasterPage is being searched right now */
 SdrObject* SdrMarkView::CheckSingleSdrObjectHit(const Point& rPnt, sal_uInt16 nTol, SdrObject* pObj, SdrPageView* pPV, sal_uIntPtr nOptions, const SetOfByte* pMVisLay) const
 {
     if(((nOptions & SDRSEARCH_IMPISMASTER) && pObj->IsNotVisibleAsMaster()) || (!pObj->IsVisible()))
@@ -1580,7 +1570,7 @@ SdrObject* SdrMarkView::CheckSingleSdrObjectHit(const Point& rPnt, sal_uInt16 nT
         nTol2*=2;
     }
 
-    aRect.Left  ()-=nTol2; // Einmal Toleranz drauf fuer alle Objekte
+    aRect.Left  ()-=nTol2; // add 1 tolerance for all objects
     aRect.Top   ()-=nTol2;
     aRect.Right ()+=nTol2;
     aRect.Bottom()+=nTol2;
@@ -1594,8 +1584,7 @@ SdrObject* SdrMarkView::CheckSingleSdrObjectHit(const Point& rPnt, sal_uInt16 nT
             if (pOL!=NULL && pOL->GetObjCount()!=0)
             {
                 SdrObject* pTmpObj;
-                // OD 30.06.2003 #108784# - adjustment hit point for virtual
-                // objects.
+                // adjustment hit point for virtual objects
                 Point aPnt( rPnt );
 
                 if ( pObj->ISA(SdrVirtObj) )
@@ -1631,7 +1620,6 @@ SdrObject* SdrMarkView::CheckSingleSdrObjectHit(const Point& rPnt, sal_uInt16 nT
     rpRootObj=NULL;
     if (pOL!=NULL)
     {
-        // #110988#
         sal_Bool bRemap(pOL->GetOwnerObj() && pOL->GetOwnerObj()->ISA(E3dScene));
         E3dScene* pRemapScene = (bRemap ? (E3dScene*)pOL->GetOwnerObj() : 0L);
 
@@ -1641,7 +1629,6 @@ SdrObject* SdrMarkView::CheckSingleSdrObjectHit(const Point& rPnt, sal_uInt16 nT
             if (!bBack) nObjNum--;
             SdrObject* pObj;
 
-            // #110988#
             if(bRemap)
             {
                 pObj = pOL->GetObj(pRemapScene->RemapOrdNum(nObjNum));
@@ -1665,7 +1652,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::PickObj(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, SdrObject*& rpObj,
 }
 
 sal_Bool SdrMarkView::PickObj(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, SdrObject*& rpObj, SdrPageView*& rpPV, sal_uIntPtr nOptions, SdrObject** ppRootObj, sal_uIntPtr* pnMarkNum, sal_uInt16* pnPassNum) const
-{ // Fehlt noch Pass2,Pass3
+{ // TODO: lacks a Pass2,Pass3
     SortMarkedObjects();
     if (ppRootObj!=NULL) *ppRootObj=NULL;
     if (pnMarkNum!=NULL) *pnMarkNum=CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND;
@@ -1718,7 +1705,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::PickObj(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, SdrObject*& rpObj,
             }
 
             sal_Bool bExtraPassForWholePage=bWholePage && pPage!=pPV->GetObjList();
-            if (bExtraPassForWholePage) nPgAnz++; // Suche erst in AktObjList, dann auf der gesamten Page
+            if (bExtraPassForWholePage) nPgAnz++; // First search in AktObjList, then on the entire page
             sal_uInt16 nPgNum=bBack ? 0 : nPgAnz;
             while (pHitObj==NULL && (bBack ? nPgNum<nPgAnz : nPgNum>0)) {
                 sal_uIntPtr nTmpOptions=nOptions;
@@ -1736,7 +1723,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::PickObj(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, SdrObject*& rpObj,
                 }
                 else
                 {
-                    // sonst MasterPage
+                    // otherwise MasterPage
                     SdrPage& rMasterPage = pPage->TRG_GetMasterPage();
                     pMVisLay = &pPage->TRG_GetMasterPageVisibleLayers();
                     pObjList = &rMasterPage;
@@ -1984,9 +1971,9 @@ void SdrMarkView::ImpTakeDescriptionStr(sal_uInt16 nStrCacheID, XubString& rStr,
 sal_Bool SdrMarkView::EnterMarkedGroup()
 {
     sal_Bool bRet=sal_False;
-    // Es wird nur die erste gefundene Gruppe (also nur in einer PageView) geentert
-    // Weil PageView::EnterGroup ein AdjustMarkHdl ruft.
-    // Das muss ich per Flag mal unterbinden  vvvvvvvv
+    // We enter only the first group found (in only one PageView), because
+    // PageView::EnterGroup calls an AdjustMarkHdl.
+    // TODO: I'll have to prevent that via a flag.
     SdrPageView* pPV = GetSdrPageView();
 
     if(pPV)
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdmrkv1.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdmrkv1.cxx
index 1067b871f290..684d8cdab015 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdmrkv1.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdmrkv1.cxx
@@ -36,17 +36,7 @@
 #include "svddrgm1.hxx"
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//  @@@@@  @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@@@@@ @@   @@  @@@@  @@@@@  @@  @@ @@ @@@@@ @@@@@  @@  @@ @@  @@  @@@@
-//  @@  @@ @@  @@ @@@ @@ @@  @@   @@   @@@ @@@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@ @@    @@  @@ @@  @@ @@@ @@ @@  @@
-//  @@  @@ @@  @@ @@@@@@ @@ @@    @@   @@@@@@@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@ @@  @@ @@    @@  @@ @@  @@ @@@@@@ @@
-//  @@@@@  @@  @@ @@@@@@ @@@@     @@   @@@@@@@ @@@@@@ @@@@@  @@@@   @@ @@@@  @@@@@  @@  @@ @@@@@@ @@ @@@
-//  @@     @@  @@ @@ @@@ @@ @@    @@   @@ @ @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@ @@  @@ @@    @@  @@ @@  @@ @@ @@@ @@  @@
-//  @@     @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@   @@   @@   @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@ @@    @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@
-//  @@      @@@@  @@  @@ @@  @@   @@   @@   @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@  @@ @@ @@@@@ @@  @@  @@@@  @@  @@  @@@@@
-//
+// Point Selection
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 sal_Bool SdrMarkView::HasMarkablePoints() const
@@ -200,7 +190,6 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::ImpMarkPoint(SdrHdl* pHdl, SdrMark* pMark, sal_Bool bUnmar
         }
     }
 
-    // #97016# II: Sort handles. This was missing in ImpMarkPoint all the time.
     aHdl.Sort();
 
     return sal_True;
@@ -246,13 +235,13 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkPoints(const Rectangle* pRect, sal_Bool bUnmark)
         if (IsPointMarkable(*pHdl) && pHdl->IsSelected()==bUnmark) {
             const SdrObject* pObj=pHdl->GetObj();
             const SdrPageView* pPV=pHdl->GetPageView();
-            if (pObj!=pObj0 || pPV!=pPV0 || pM==NULL) { // Dieser Abschnitt dient zur Optimierung,
+            if (pObj!=pObj0 || pPV!=pPV0 || pM==NULL) { // This section is for optimization,
                 if (pM!=NULL) {
                     SdrUShortCont* pPts=pM->GetMarkedPoints();
                     if (pPts!=NULL) pPts->ForceSort();
                 }
-                sal_uIntPtr nMarkNum=TryToFindMarkedObject(pObj);  // damit ImpMarkPoint() nicht staendig das
-                if (nMarkNum!=CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND) { // Objekt in der MarkList suchen muss.
+                sal_uIntPtr nMarkNum=TryToFindMarkedObject(pObj);  // so ImpMarkPoint() doesn't always
+                if (nMarkNum!=CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND) { // have to search the object in the MarkList.
                     pM=GetSdrMarkByIndex(nMarkNum);
                     pObj0=pObj;
                     pPV0=pPV;
@@ -261,7 +250,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkPoints(const Rectangle* pRect, sal_Bool bUnmark)
                 } else {
 #ifdef DBG_UTIL
                     if (pObj->IsInserted()) {
-                        OSL_FAIL("SdrMarkView::MarkPoints(const Rectangle* pRect): Markiertes Objekt nicht gefunden");
+                        OSL_FAIL("SdrMarkView::MarkPoints(const Rectangle* pRect): Selected object not found.");
                     }
 #endif
                     pM=NULL;
@@ -277,11 +266,10 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkPoints(const Rectangle* pRect, sal_Bool bUnmark)
             }
         }
     }
-    if (pM!=NULL) { // Den zuletzt geaenderten MarkEntry ggf. noch aufraeumen
+    if (pM!=NULL) { // Clean up the last selected MarkEntry, if necessary
         SdrUShortCont* pPts=pM->GetMarkedPoints();
         if (pPts!=NULL) pPts->ForceSort();
     }
-    //HMHif (bHideHdl) ShowMarkHdl(); // #36987#
     if (bChgd) {
         MarkListHasChanged();
     }
@@ -309,7 +297,7 @@ const Rectangle& SdrMarkView::GetMarkedPointsRect() const
 }
 
 void SdrMarkView::SetPlusHandlesAlwaysVisible(sal_Bool bOn)
-{ // HandlePaint optimieren !!!!!!!
+{ // TODO: Optimize HandlePaint!
     ForceUndirtyMrkPnt();
     if (bOn!=bPlusHdlAlways) {
         //HMHBOOL bVis=IsMarkHdlShown();
@@ -322,7 +310,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::SetPlusHandlesAlwaysVisible(sal_Bool bOn)
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// ImpSetPointsRects() ist fuer PolyPoints und GluePoints!
+// ImpSetPointsRects() is for PolyPoints and GluePoints!
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void SdrMarkView::ImpSetPointsRects() const
@@ -352,7 +340,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::ImpSetPointsRects() const
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// UndirtyMrkPnt() ist fuer PolyPoints und GluePoints!
+// UndirtyMrkPnt() is for PolyPoints and GluePoints!
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 void SdrMarkView::UndirtyMrkPnt() const
@@ -366,8 +354,8 @@ void SdrMarkView::UndirtyMrkPnt() const
         SdrUShortCont* pPts=pM->GetMarkedPoints();
         if (pPts!=NULL) {
             if (pObj->IsPolyObj()) {
-                // Ungueltig markierte Punkte entfernen, also alle
-                // Eintraege die groesser sind als die Punktanzahl des Objekts
+                // Remove invalid selected points, that is, all
+                // entries above the number of points in the object.
                 sal_uInt32 nMax(pObj->GetPointCount());
                 sal_uInt32 nPtNum(0xffffffff);
 
@@ -387,7 +375,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::UndirtyMrkPnt() const
             }
             else
             {
-                OSL_FAIL("SdrMarkView::UndirtyMrkPnt(): Markierte Punkte an einem Objekt, dass kein PolyObj ist!");
+                OSL_FAIL("SdrMarkView::UndirtyMrkPnt(): Selected points on an object that is not a PolyObj!");
                 if(pPts && pPts->GetCount())
                 {
                     pPts->Clear();
@@ -401,9 +389,9 @@ void SdrMarkView::UndirtyMrkPnt() const
         const SdrGluePointList* pGPL=pObj->GetGluePointList();
         if (pPts!=NULL) {
             if (pGPL!=NULL) {
-                // Ungueltig markierte Klebepunkte entfernen, also alle
-                // Eintraege (Id's) die nicht in der GluePointList des
-                // Objekts enthalten sind
+                // Remove invalid selected glue points, that is, all entries
+                // (IDs) that aren't contained in the GluePointList of the
+                // object
                 pPts->ForceSort();
                 for (sal_uIntPtr nIndex=pPts->GetCount(); nIndex>0;) {
                     nIndex--;
@@ -415,7 +403,7 @@ void SdrMarkView::UndirtyMrkPnt() const
                 }
             } else {
                 if (pPts!=NULL && pPts->GetCount()!=0) {
-                    pPts->Clear(); // Objekt hat keine Klebepunkte (mehr)
+                    pPts->Clear(); // object doesn't have any glue points (any more)
                     bChg=sal_True;
                 }
             }
@@ -426,8 +414,6 @@ void SdrMarkView::UndirtyMrkPnt() const
 }
 
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 sal_Bool SdrMarkView::HasMarkableGluePoints() const
 {
@@ -563,7 +549,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::PickGluePoint(const Point& rPnt, SdrObject*& rpObj, sal_uI
                 }
             }
         }
-        bNext=sal_False; // HitNextGluePoint nur beim ersten Obj
+        bNext=sal_False; // HitNextGluePoint only for the first Obj
         if (bBack) nMarkNum++;
     }
     return sal_False;
@@ -591,8 +577,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::MarkGluePoint(const SdrObject* pObj, sal_uInt16 nId, const
                 }
             }
         } else {
-            // Objekt implizit markieren ...
-            // ... fehlende Implementation
+            // TODO: implement implicit selection of objects
         }
     }
     if (bChgd) {
@@ -606,7 +591,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrMarkView::IsGluePointMarked(const SdrObject* pObj, sal_uInt16 nId) c
 {
     ForceUndirtyMrkPnt();
     sal_Bool bRet=sal_False;
-    sal_uIntPtr nPos=((SdrMarkView*)this)->TryToFindMarkedObject(pObj); // casting auf NonConst
+    sal_uIntPtr nPos=((SdrMarkView*)this)->TryToFindMarkedObject(pObj); // casting to NonConst
     if (nPos!=CONTAINER_ENTRY_NOTFOUND) {
         const SdrMark* pM=GetSdrMarkByIndex(nPos);
         const SdrUShortCont* pPts=pM->GetMarkedGluePoints();
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoashp.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoashp.cxx
index 207add3068d4..5e7c53ba8aeb 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoashp.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoashp.cxx
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
 #include <svx/svdtrans.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdetc.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdattrx.hxx>  // NotPersistItems
-#include <svx/svdoedge.hxx>  // Die Verbinder nach Move nochmal anbroadcasten
+#include <svx/svdoedge.hxx>  // for broadcasting connectors to Move
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"   // StringCache
-#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"    // Objektname
+#include "svx/svdstr.hrc"    // the object's name
 #include <editeng/eeitem.hxx>
 #include "editeng/editstat.hxx"
 #include <svx/svdoutl.hxx>
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ SdrObject* ImpCreateShadowObjectClone(const SdrObject& rOriginal, const SfxItemS
             aTempSet.Put(XFillTransparenceItem(nShadowTransparence));
         }
 
-        // hatch and transparence like shadow
+        // hatch and transparency like shadow
         if(bHatchFillUsed)
         {
             XHatch aHatch(((XFillHatchItem&)(rOriginalSet.Get(XATTR_FILLHATCH))).GetHatchValue());
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ SdrObject* ImpCreateShadowObjectClone(const SdrObject& rOriginal, const SfxItemS
             aTempSet.Put(XFillTransparenceItem(nShadowTransparence));
         }
 
-        // bitmap and transparence like shadow
+        // bitmap and transparency like shadow
         if(bBitmapFillUsed)
         {
             XOBitmap aFillBitmap(((XFillBitmapItem&)(rOriginalSet.Get(XATTR_FILLBITMAP))).GetBitmapValue());
@@ -1830,8 +1830,8 @@ void SdrObjCustomShape::ImpCheckCustomGluePointsAreAdded()
                     }
                 }
 
-                // copy new list to local. This is NOT very convenient behaviour, the local
-                // GluePointList should not be set, but be delivered by using GetGluePointList(),
+                // copy new list to local. This is NOT very convenient behavior, the local
+                // GluePointList should not be set, but we delivered by using GetGluePointList(),
                 // maybe on demand. Since the local object is changed here, this is assumed to
                 // be a result of GetGluePointList and thus the list is copied
                 if(pPlusData)
@@ -2212,7 +2212,7 @@ bool SdrObjCustomShape::EndCreate( SdrDragStat& rStat, SdrCreateCmd eCmd )
             if (nWdt==1) nWdt=0;
             NbcSetMinTextFrameWidth( nWdt );
         }
-        // Textrahmen neu berechnen
+        // re-calculate text frame
         NbcAdjustTextFrameWidthAndHeight();
     }
     SetRectsDirty();
@@ -2264,7 +2264,7 @@ void SdrObjCustomShape::SetVerticalWriting( sal_Bool bVertical )
             // get item settings
             const SfxItemSet& rSet = GetObjectItemSet();
 
-            // Also exchange hor/ver adjust items
+            // Also exchange horizontal and vertical adjust items
             SdrTextHorzAdjust eHorz = ((SdrTextHorzAdjustItem&)(rSet.Get(SDRATTR_TEXT_HORZADJUST))).GetValue();
             SdrTextVertAdjust eVert = ((SdrTextVertAdjustItem&)(rSet.Get(SDRATTR_TEXT_VERTADJUST))).GetValue();
 
@@ -2274,14 +2274,14 @@ void SdrObjCustomShape::SetVerticalWriting( sal_Bool bVertical )
             // prepare ItemSet to set exchanged width and height items
             SfxItemSet aNewSet(*rSet.GetPool(),
                 SDRATTR_TEXT_AUTOGROWHEIGHT, SDRATTR_TEXT_AUTOGROWHEIGHT,
-                // Expanded item ranges to also support hor and ver adjust.
+                // Expanded item ranges to also support horizontal and vertical adjust.
                 SDRATTR_TEXT_VERTADJUST, SDRATTR_TEXT_VERTADJUST,
                 SDRATTR_TEXT_AUTOGROWWIDTH, SDRATTR_TEXT_HORZADJUST,
                 0, 0);
 
             aNewSet.Put(rSet);
 
-            // Exchange horz and vert adjusts
+            // Exchange horizontal and vertical adjusts
             switch(eVert)
             {
                 case SDRTEXTVERTADJUST_TOP: aNewSet.Put(SdrTextHorzAdjustItem(SDRTEXTHORZADJUST_RIGHT)); break;
@@ -2344,9 +2344,9 @@ bool SdrObjCustomShape::AdjustTextFrameWidthAndHeight(Rectangle& rR, bool bHgt,
             aSiz.Width()-=nHDist;
             aSiz.Height()-=nVDist;
             if ( aSiz.Width() < 2 )
-                aSiz.Width() = 2;   // Mindestgroesse 2
+                aSiz.Width() = 2;   // minimum size=2
             if ( aSiz.Height() < 2 )
-                aSiz.Height() = 2; // Mindestgroesse 2
+                aSiz.Height() = 2; // minimum size=2
 
             if(pEdtOutl)
             {
@@ -2354,11 +2354,11 @@ bool SdrObjCustomShape::AdjustTextFrameWidthAndHeight(Rectangle& rR, bool bHgt,
                 if (bWdtGrow)
                 {
                     Size aSiz2(pEdtOutl->CalcTextSize());
-                    nWdt=aSiz2.Width()+1; // lieber etwas Tolleranz
-                    if (bHgtGrow) nHgt=aSiz2.Height()+1; // lieber etwas Tolleranz
+                    nWdt=aSiz2.Width()+1; // a little more tolerance
+                    if (bHgtGrow) nHgt=aSiz2.Height()+1; // a little more tolerance
                 } else
                 {
-                    nHgt=pEdtOutl->GetTextHeight()+1; // lieber etwas Tolleranz
+                    nHgt=pEdtOutl->GetTextHeight()+1; // a little more tolerance
                 }
             }
             else
@@ -2366,8 +2366,7 @@ bool SdrObjCustomShape::AdjustTextFrameWidthAndHeight(Rectangle& rR, bool bHgt,
                 Outliner& rOutliner=ImpGetDrawOutliner();
                 rOutliner.SetPaperSize(aSiz);
                 rOutliner.SetUpdateMode(sal_True);
-                // !!! hier sollte ich wohl auch noch mal die Optimierung mit
-                // bPortionInfoChecked usw einbauen
+                // TODO: add the optimization with bPortionInfoChecked again.
                 OutlinerParaObject* pOutlinerParaObject = GetOutlinerParaObject();
                 if( pOutlinerParaObject != NULL )
                 {
@@ -2377,12 +2376,12 @@ bool SdrObjCustomShape::AdjustTextFrameWidthAndHeight(Rectangle& rR, bool bHgt,
                 if ( bWdtGrow )
                 {
                     Size aSiz2(rOutliner.CalcTextSize());
-                    nWdt=aSiz2.Width()+1; // lieber etwas Tolleranz
+                    nWdt=aSiz2.Width()+1; // a little more tolerance
                     if ( bHgtGrow )
-                        nHgt=aSiz2.Height()+1; // lieber etwas Tolleranz
+                        nHgt=aSiz2.Height()+1; // a little more tolerance
                 }
                 else
-                    nHgt = rOutliner.GetTextHeight()+1; // lieber etwas Tolleranz
+                    nHgt = rOutliner.GetTextHeight()+1; // a little more tolerance
                 rOutliner.Clear();
             }
             if ( nWdt < nMinWdt )
@@ -2391,14 +2390,14 @@ bool SdrObjCustomShape::AdjustTextFrameWidthAndHeight(Rectangle& rR, bool bHgt,
                 nWdt = nMaxWdt;
             nWdt += nHDist;
             if ( nWdt < 1 )
-                nWdt = 1; // nHDist kann auch negativ sein
+                nWdt = 1; // nHDist may also be negative
             if ( nHgt < nMinHgt )
                 nHgt = nMinHgt;
             if ( nHgt > nMaxHgt )
                 nHgt = nMaxHgt;
             nHgt+=nVDist;
             if ( nHgt < 1 )
-                nHgt = 1; // nVDist kann auch negativ sein
+                nHgt = 1; // nVDist may also be negative
             long nWdtGrow = nWdt-(rR.Right()-rR.Left());
             long nHgtGrow = nHgt-(rR.Bottom()-rR.Top());
             if ( nWdtGrow == 0 )
@@ -2567,7 +2566,7 @@ void SdrObjCustomShape::TakeTextEditArea(Size* pPaperMin, Size* pPaperMax, Recta
         aViewInit.Move(aCenter.X(),aCenter.Y());
     }
     Size aAnkSiz(aViewInit.GetSize());
-    aAnkSiz.Width()--; aAnkSiz.Height()--; // weil GetSize() ein draufaddiert
+    aAnkSiz.Width()--; aAnkSiz.Height()--; // because GetSize() adds 1
     Size aMaxSiz(1000000,1000000);
     if (pModel!=NULL) {
         Size aTmpSiz(pModel->GetMaxObjSize());
@@ -2634,7 +2633,7 @@ void SdrObjCustomShape::TakeTextEditArea(Size* pPaperMin, Size* pPaperMax, Recta
     if( eHAdj != SDRTEXTHORZADJUST_BLOCK )
         aPaperMin.Width()=0;
 
-    // For complete ver adjust support, set paper min height to 0, here.
+    // For complete vertical adjust support, set paper min height to 0, here.
     if(SDRTEXTVERTADJUST_BLOCK != eVAdj )
         aPaperMin.Height() = 0;
 
@@ -2675,7 +2674,7 @@ void SdrObjCustomShape::TakeTextAnchorRect( Rectangle& rAnchorRect ) const
 void SdrObjCustomShape::TakeTextRect( SdrOutliner& rOutliner, Rectangle& rTextRect, bool bNoEditText,
                                Rectangle* pAnchorRect, bool /*bLineWidth*/) const
 {
-    Rectangle aAnkRect; // Rect innerhalb dem geankert wird
+    Rectangle aAnkRect; // Rect in which we anchor
     TakeTextAnchorRect(aAnkRect);
     SdrTextVertAdjust eVAdj=GetTextVerticalAdjust();
     SdrTextHorzAdjust eHAdj=GetTextHorizontalAdjust();
@@ -2709,7 +2708,7 @@ void SdrObjCustomShape::TakeTextRect( SdrOutliner& rOutliner, Rectangle& rTextRe
     rOutliner.SetMaxAutoPaperSize( Size( nMaxAutoPaperWidth, nMaxAutoPaperHeight ) );
     rOutliner.SetPaperSize( aNullSize );
 
-    // Text in den Outliner stecken - ggf. den aus dem EditOutliner
+    // put text into the Outliner - if necessary the use the text from the EditOutliner
     OutlinerParaObject* pPara= GetOutlinerParaObject();
     if (pEdtOutl && !bNoEditText)
         pPara=pEdtOutl->CreateParaObject();
@@ -2746,11 +2745,11 @@ void SdrObjCustomShape::TakeTextRect( SdrOutliner& rOutliner, Rectangle& rTextRe
         pText->CheckPortionInfo( rOutliner );
 
     Point aTextPos(aAnkRect.TopLeft());
-    Size aTextSiz(rOutliner.GetPaperSize()); // GetPaperSize() hat etwas Toleranz drauf, oder?
+    Size aTextSiz(rOutliner.GetPaperSize()); // GetPaperSize() has a little added tolerance, no?
 
-    // For draw objects containing text correct hor/ver alignment if text is bigger
+    // For draw objects containing text correct horizontal/vertical alignment if text is bigger
     // than the object itself. Without that correction, the text would always be
-        // formatted to the left edge (or top edge when vertical) of the draw object.
+    // formatted to the left edge (or top edge when vertical) of the draw object.
 
     if( !IsTextFrame() )
     {
@@ -2797,7 +2796,7 @@ void SdrObjCustomShape::TakeTextRect( SdrOutliner& rOutliner, Rectangle& rTextRe
     if (pAnchorRect)
         *pAnchorRect=aAnkRect;
 
-    // rTextRect ist bei ContourFrame in einigen Faellen nicht korrekt
+    // using rTextRect together with ContourFrame doesn't always work correctly
     rTextRect=Rectangle(aTextPos,aTextSiz);
 }
 
@@ -3081,7 +3080,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjCustomShape::TRGetBaseGeometry(basegfx::B2DHomMatrix& rMatrix, ba
             {
                 MirrorPoint(aPol[i],aRef1,aRef2);
             }
-            // Polygon wenden und etwas schieben
+            // mirror polygon and move it a bit
             Polygon aPol0(aPol);
             aPol[0]=aPol0[1];
             aPol[1]=aPol0[0];
@@ -3103,7 +3102,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjCustomShape::TRGetBaseGeometry(basegfx::B2DHomMatrix& rMatrix, ba
             {
                 MirrorPoint(aPol[i],aRef1,aRef2);
             }
-            // Polygon wenden und etwas schieben
+            // mirror polygon and move it a bit
             Polygon aPol0(aPol);
             aPol[0]=aPol0[1];
             aPol[1]=aPol0[0];
@@ -3118,7 +3117,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjCustomShape::TRGetBaseGeometry(basegfx::B2DHomMatrix& rMatrix, ba
     basegfx::B2DTuple aScale(aRectangle.GetWidth(), aRectangle.GetHeight());
     basegfx::B2DTuple aTranslate(aRectangle.Left(), aRectangle.Top());
 
-    // position maybe relative to anchorpos, convert
+    // position may be relative to anchorpos, convert
     if( pModel && pModel->IsWriter() )
     {
         if(GetAnchorPos().X() || GetAnchorPos().Y())
@@ -3135,7 +3134,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObjCustomShape::TRGetBaseGeometry(basegfx::B2DHomMatrix& rMatrix, ba
         {
             case SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP :
             {
-                // postion
+                // position
                 aTranslate.setX(ImplTwipsToMM(aTranslate.getX()));
                 aTranslate.setY(ImplTwipsToMM(aTranslate.getY()));
 
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoattr.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoattr.cxx
index 4063e7f28ca9..1b2fe9d2be7e 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoattr.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoattr.cxx
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ void SdrAttrObj::Notify(SfxBroadcaster& /*rBC*/, const SfxHint& rHint)
         SetBoundRectDirty();
         SetRectsDirty(sal_True);
 
-        // This may have lead to object change
+        // This may have led to object change
         SetChanged();
         BroadcastObjectChange();
         SendUserCall(SDRUSERCALL_CHGATTR, aBoundRect);
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdobj.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdobj.cxx
index 44fdaef271d1..2956b03cc13e 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdobj.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdobj.cxx
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 
 #define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
 #include <math.h>
-#include <vcl/metaact.hxx>   // fuer TakeContour
+#include <vcl/metaact.hxx>   // for TakeContour
 #include <vcl/cvtsvm.hxx>
 #include <tools/line.hxx>
 #include <tools/bigint.hxx>
@@ -44,10 +44,10 @@
 #include <svx/svddrag.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdmodel.hxx>
 #include <svx/svdpage.hxx>
-#include <svx/svdovirt.hxx>  // Fuer Add/Del Ref
-#include <svx/svdview.hxx>   // fuer Dragging (Ortho abfragen)
+#include <svx/svdovirt.hxx>  // for Add/Del Ref
+#include <svx/svdview.hxx>   // for Dragging (check Ortho)
 #include "svx/svdglob.hxx"   // StringCache
-#include <svx/svdstr.hrc>    // Objektname
+#include <svx/svdstr.hrc>    // the object's name
 #include <svx/svdogrp.hxx>   // Factory
 #include <svx/svdopath.hxx>  // Factory
 #include <svx/svdoedge.hxx>  // Factory
@@ -260,13 +260,13 @@ SdrObjPlusData* SdrObjPlusData::Clone(SdrObject* pObj1) const
                 if (pNeuUserData!=NULL) {
                     pNeuPlusData->pUserDataList->InsertUserData(pNeuUserData);
                 } else {
-                    OSL_FAIL("SdrObjPlusData::Clone(): UserData.Clone() liefert NULL");
+                    OSL_FAIL("SdrObjPlusData::Clone(): UserData.Clone() returns NULL.");
                 }
             }
         }
     }
     if (pGluePoints!=NULL) pNeuPlusData->pGluePoints=new SdrGluePointList(*pGluePoints);
-    // MtfAnimator wird auch nicht mitkopiert
+    // MtfAnimator isn't copied either
 
     // #i68101#
     // copy object name, title and description
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ void SdrObject::SetModel(SdrModel* pNewModel)
         }
     }
 
-    // update listeners at possible api wrapper object
+    // update listeners at possible API wrapper object
     if( pModel != pNewModel )
     {
         SvxShape* pShape = getSvxShape();
@@ -806,8 +806,8 @@ void SdrObject::SetNavigationPosition (const sal_uInt32 nNewPosition)
 
 
 // To make clearer that this method may trigger RecalcBoundRect and thus may be
-// expensive and somtimes problematic (inside a bigger object change You will get
-// non-useful BoundRects sometimes) i rename that method from GetBoundRect() to
+// expensive and sometimes problematic (inside a bigger object change you will get
+// non-useful BoundRects sometimes) I rename that method from GetBoundRect() to
 // GetCurrentBoundRect().
 const Rectangle& SdrObject::GetCurrentBoundRect() const
 {
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ const Rectangle& SdrObject::GetCurrentBoundRect() const
 
 // To have a possibility to get the last calculated BoundRect e.g for producing
 // the first rectangle for repaints (old and new need to be used) without forcing
-// a RecalcBoundRect (which may be problematical and expensive sometimes) i add here
+// a RecalcBoundRect (which may be problematical and expensive sometimes) I add here
 // a new method for accessing the last BoundRect.
 const Rectangle& SdrObject::GetLastBoundRect() const
 {
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ void SdrObject::BroadcastObjectChange() const
 
 void SdrObject::SetChanged()
 {
-    // For test purposes, use the new ViewContact for change
+    // For testing purposes, use the new ViewContact for change
     // notification now.
     ActionChanged();
 
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ void SdrObject::SetChanged()
     }
 }
 
-// Tooling for painting a single object to a OutputDevice.
+// tooling for painting a single object to an OutputDevice.
 sal_Bool SdrObject::SingleObjectPainter(OutputDevice& rOut) const
 {
     sdr::contact::SdrObjectVector aObjectVector;
@@ -901,7 +901,6 @@ sal_Bool SdrObject::SingleObjectPainter(OutputDevice& rOut) const
     sdr::contact::ObjectContactOfObjListPainter aPainter(rOut, aObjectVector, GetPage());
     sdr::contact::DisplayInfo aDisplayInfo;
 
-    // do processing
     aPainter.ProcessDisplay(aDisplayInfo);
 
     return sal_True;
@@ -937,7 +936,7 @@ SdrObject& SdrObject::operator=(const SdrObject& rObj)
 
     // The Clone() method uses the local copy constructor from the individual
     // sdr::properties::BaseProperties class. Since the target class maybe for another
-    // draw object a SdrObject needs to be provided, as in the nromal constructor.
+    // draw object, an SdrObject needs to be provided, as in the normal constructor.
     mpProperties = &rObj.GetProperties().Clone(*this);
 
     pModel  =rObj.pModel;
@@ -951,9 +950,7 @@ SdrObject& SdrObject::operator=(const SdrObject& rObj)
     bNoPrint=rObj.bNoPrint;
     mbVisible=rObj.mbVisible;
     bMarkProt=rObj.bMarkProt;
-    //EmptyPresObj wird nicht kopiert: nun doch!
     bEmptyPresObj =rObj.bEmptyPresObj;
-    //NotVisibleAsMaster wird nicht kopiert: nun doch!
     bNotVisibleAsMaster=rObj.bNotVisibleAsMaster;
     bSnapRectDirty=sal_True;
     bNotMasterCachable=rObj.bNotMasterCachable;
@@ -963,7 +960,7 @@ SdrObject& SdrObject::operator=(const SdrObject& rObj)
         pPlusData=rObj.pPlusData->Clone(this);
     }
     if (pPlusData!=NULL && pPlusData->pBroadcast!=NULL) {
-        delete pPlusData->pBroadcast; // der Broadcaster wird nicht mitkopiert
+        delete pPlusData->pBroadcast; // broadcaster isn't copied
         pPlusData->pBroadcast=NULL;
     }
     return *this;
@@ -1085,7 +1082,7 @@ basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon SdrObject::TakeContour() const
         SfxItemSet aNewSet(*GetObjectItemPool());
 
         // #i101980# ignore LineWidth; that's what the old implementation
-        // did. With linewidth, the result may be huge due to fat/thick
+        // did. With line width, the result may be huge due to fat/thick
         // line decompositions
         aNewSet.Put(XLineWidthItem(0));
 
@@ -1110,7 +1107,7 @@ basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon SdrObject::TakeContour() const
             const std::vector< basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon >& rResult(aExtractor.getExtractedContour());
             const sal_uInt32 nSize(rResult.size());
 
-            // when count is one, it is implied that the object has only it's normal
+            // when count is one, it is implied that the object has only its normal
             // contour anyways and TakeCountour() is to return an empty PolyPolygon
             // (see old implementation for historical reasons)
             if(nSize > 1)
@@ -1140,14 +1137,14 @@ SdrHdl* SdrObject::GetHdl(sal_uInt32 nHdlNum) const
     SdrHdl* pH=NULL;
     const Rectangle& rR=GetSnapRect();
     switch (nHdlNum) {
-        case 0: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.TopLeft(),     HDL_UPLFT); break; // Oben links
-        case 1: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.TopCenter(),   HDL_UPPER); break; // Oben
-        case 2: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.TopRight(),    HDL_UPRGT); break; // Oben rechts
-        case 3: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.LeftCenter(),  HDL_LEFT ); break; // Links
-        case 4: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.RightCenter(), HDL_RIGHT); break; // Rechts
-        case 5: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.BottomLeft(),  HDL_LWLFT); break; // Unten links
-        case 6: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.BottomCenter(),HDL_LOWER); break; // Unten
-        case 7: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.BottomRight(), HDL_LWRGT); break; // Unten rechts
+        case 0: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.TopLeft(),     HDL_UPLFT); break;
+        case 1: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.TopCenter(),   HDL_UPPER); break;
+        case 2: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.TopRight(),    HDL_UPRGT); break;
+        case 3: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.LeftCenter(),  HDL_LEFT ); break;
+        case 4: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.RightCenter(), HDL_RIGHT); break;
+        case 5: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.BottomLeft(),  HDL_LWLFT); break;
+        case 6: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.BottomCenter(),HDL_LOWER); break;
+        case 7: pH=new SdrHdl(rR.BottomRight(), HDL_LWRGT); break;
     }
     return pH;
 }
@@ -1204,13 +1201,13 @@ Rectangle SdrObject::ImpDragCalcRect(const SdrDragStat& rDrag) const
         nYMul=Abs(nYMul);
         nXDiv=Abs(nXDiv);
         nYDiv=Abs(nYDiv);
-        Fraction aXFact(nXMul,nXDiv); // Fractions zum kuerzen
-        Fraction aYFact(nYMul,nYDiv); // und zum vergleichen
+        Fraction aXFact(nXMul,nXDiv); // fractions for canceling
+        Fraction aYFact(nYMul,nYDiv); // and for comparing
         nXMul=aXFact.GetNumerator();
         nYMul=aYFact.GetNumerator();
         nXDiv=aXFact.GetDenominator();
         nYDiv=aYFact.GetDenominator();
-        if (bEcke) { // Eckpunkthandles
+        if (bEcke) { // corner point handles
             bool bUseX=(aXFact<aYFact) != bBigOrtho;
             if (bUseX) {
                 long nNeed=long(BigInt(nHgt0)*BigInt(nXMul)/BigInt(nXDiv));
@@ -1223,7 +1220,7 @@ Rectangle SdrObject::ImpDragCalcRect(const SdrDragStat& rDrag) const
                 if (bLft) aTmpRect.Left()=aTmpRect.Right()-nNeed;
                 if (bRgt) aTmpRect.Right()=aTmpRect.Left()+nNeed;
             }
-        } else { // Scheitelpunkthandles
+        } else { // apex handles
             if ((bLft || bRgt) && nXDiv!=0) {
                 long nHgt0b=aRect.Bottom()-aRect.Top();
                 long nNeed=long(BigInt(nHgt0b)*BigInt(nXMul)/BigInt(nXDiv));
@@ -1366,7 +1363,7 @@ Pointer SdrObject::GetCreatePointer() const
     return Pointer(POINTER_CROSS);
 }
 
-// Transformationen
+// transformations
 void SdrObject::NbcMove(const Size& rSiz)
 {
     MoveRect(aOutRect,rSiz);
@@ -1416,7 +1413,7 @@ void SdrObject::NbcRotate(const Point& rRef, long nWink, double sn, double cs)
         aOutRect.Bottom()=-R.Left();
     }
     aOutRect.Move(rRef.X(),rRef.Y());
-    aOutRect.Justify(); // Sicherheitshalber
+    aOutRect.Justify(); // just in case
     SetRectsDirty();
     NbcRotateGluePoints(rRef,nWink,sn,cs);
     SetGlueReallyAbsolute(sal_False);
@@ -1429,25 +1426,25 @@ void SdrObject::NbcMirror(const Point& rRef1, const Point& rRef2)
     Rectangle R(aOutRect);
     long dx=rRef2.X()-rRef1.X();
     long dy=rRef2.Y()-rRef1.Y();
-    if (dx==0) {          // Vertikale Achse
+    if (dx==0) {          // vertical axis
         aOutRect.Left() =-R.Right();
         aOutRect.Right()=-R.Left();
-    } else if (dy==0) {   // Horizontale Achse
+    } else if (dy==0) {   // horizontal axis
         aOutRect.Top()   =-R.Bottom();
         aOutRect.Bottom()=-R.Top();
-    } else if (dx==dy) {  /* 45 Grad Achse \ */
+    } else if (dx==dy) {  // 45deg axis
         aOutRect.Left()  =R.Top();
         aOutRect.Right() =R.Bottom();
         aOutRect.Top()   =R.Left();
         aOutRect.Bottom()=R.Right();
-    } else if (dx==-dy) { // 45 Grad Achse /
+    } else if (dx==-dy) { // 45deg axis
         aOutRect.Left()  =-R.Bottom();
         aOutRect.Right() =-R.Top();
         aOutRect.Top()   =-R.Right();
         aOutRect.Bottom()=-R.Left();
     }
     aOutRect.Move(rRef1.X(),rRef1.Y());
-    aOutRect.Justify(); // Sicherheitshalber
+    aOutRect.Justify(); // just in case
     SetRectsDirty();
     NbcMirrorGluePoints(rRef1,rRef2);
     SetGlueReallyAbsolute(sal_False);
@@ -1517,7 +1514,7 @@ void SdrObject::NbcSetRelativePos(const Point& rPnt)
 {
     Point aRelPos0(GetSnapRect().TopLeft()-aAnchor);
     Size aSiz(rPnt.X()-aRelPos0.X(),rPnt.Y()-aRelPos0.Y());
-    NbcMove(aSiz); // Der ruft auch das SetRectsDirty()
+    NbcMove(aSiz); // This also calls SetRectsDirty()
 }
 
 void SdrObject::SetRelativePos(const Point& rPnt)
@@ -1540,7 +1537,7 @@ void SdrObject::NbcSetAnchorPos(const Point& rPnt)
 {
     Size aSiz(rPnt.X()-aAnchor.X(),rPnt.Y()-aAnchor.Y());
     aAnchor=rPnt;
-    NbcMove(aSiz); // Der ruft auch das SetRectsDirty()
+    NbcMove(aSiz); // This also calls SetRectsDirty()
 }
 
 void SdrObject::SetAnchorPos(const Point& rPnt)
@@ -1816,7 +1813,7 @@ void SdrObject::SaveGeoData(SdrObjGeoData& rGeo) const
     rGeo.bClosedObj    =bClosedObj    ;
     rGeo.mnLayerID = mnLayerID;
 
-    // Benutzerdefinierte Klebepunkte
+    // user-defined glue points
     if (pPlusData!=NULL && pPlusData->pGluePoints!=NULL) {
         if (rGeo.pGPL!=NULL) {
             *rGeo.pGPL=*pPlusData->pGluePoints;
@@ -1843,7 +1840,7 @@ void SdrObject::RestGeoData(const SdrObjGeoData& rGeo)
     bClosedObj    =rGeo.bClosedObj    ;
     mnLayerID = rGeo.mnLayerID;
 
-    // Benutzerdefinierte Klebepunkte
+    // user-defined glue points
     if (rGeo.pGPL!=NULL) {
         ImpForcePlusData();
         if (pPlusData->pGluePoints!=NULL) {
@@ -2171,7 +2168,7 @@ void SdrObject::NbcSetStyleSheet(SfxStyleSheet* pNewStyleSheet, sal_Bool bDontRe
     GetProperties().SetStyleSheet(pNewStyleSheet, bDontRemoveHardAttr);
 }
 
-// Das Broadcasting beim Setzen der Attribute wird vom AttrObj gemanagt
+// Broadcasting while setting attributes is managed by the AttrObj.
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 bool SdrObject::IsNode() const
@@ -2234,9 +2231,8 @@ SdrGluePointList* SdrObject::ForceGluePointList()
 
 void SdrObject::SetGlueReallyAbsolute(bool bOn)
 {
-    // erst Const-Aufruf um zu sehen, ob
-    // ueberhaupt Klebepunkte da sind
-    // const-Aufruf erzwingen!
+    // First a const call to see whether there are any glue points.
+    // Force const call!
     if (GetGluePointList()!=NULL) {
         SdrGluePointList* pGPL=ForceGluePointList();
         pGPL->SetReallyAbsolute(bOn,*this);
@@ -2245,9 +2241,8 @@ void SdrObject::SetGlueReallyAbsolute(bool bOn)
 
 void SdrObject::NbcRotateGluePoints(const Point& rRef, long nWink, double sn, double cs)
 {
-    // erst Const-Aufruf um zu sehen, ob
-    // ueberhaupt Klebepunkte da sind
-    // const-Aufruf erzwingen!
+    // First a const call to see whether there are any glue points.
+    // Force const call!
     if (GetGluePointList()!=NULL) {
         SdrGluePointList* pGPL=ForceGluePointList();
         pGPL->Rotate(rRef,nWink,sn,cs,this);
@@ -2256,9 +2251,8 @@ void SdrObject::NbcRotateGluePoints(const Point& rRef, long nWink, double sn, do
 
 void SdrObject::NbcMirrorGluePoints(const Point& rRef1, const Point& rRef2)
 {
-    // erst Const-Aufruf um zu sehen, ob
-    // ueberhaupt Klebepunkte da sind
-    // const-Aufruf erzwingen!
+    // First a const call to see whether there are any glue points.
+    // Force const call!
     if (GetGluePointList()!=NULL) {
         SdrGluePointList* pGPL=ForceGluePointList();
         pGPL->Mirror(rRef1,rRef2,this);
@@ -2267,9 +2261,8 @@ void SdrObject::NbcMirrorGluePoints(const Point& rRef1, const Point& rRef2)
 
 void SdrObject::NbcShearGluePoints(const Point& rRef, long nWink, double tn, bool bVShear)
 {
-    // erst Const-Aufruf um zu sehen, ob
-    // ueberhaupt Klebepunkte da sind
-    // const-Aufruf erzwingen!
+    // First a const call to see whether there are any glue points.
+    // Force const call!
     if (GetGluePointList()!=NULL) {
         SdrGluePointList* pGPL=ForceGluePointList();
         pGPL->Shear(rRef,nWink,tn,bVShear,this);
@@ -2548,7 +2541,7 @@ void SdrObject::SetInserted(sal_Bool bIns)
         if (bIns) SendUserCall(SDRUSERCALL_INSERTED,aBoundRect0);
         else SendUserCall(SDRUSERCALL_REMOVED,aBoundRect0);
 
-        if (pPlusData!=NULL && pPlusData->pBroadcast!=NULL) { // #42522#
+        if (pPlusData!=NULL && pPlusData->pBroadcast!=NULL) {
             SdrHint aHint(*this);
             aHint.SetKind(bIns?HINT_OBJINSERTED:HINT_OBJREMOVED);
             pPlusData->pBroadcast->Broadcast(aHint);
@@ -2627,7 +2620,7 @@ void SdrObject::InsertUserData(SdrObjUserData* pData, sal_uInt16 nPos)
         if (pPlusData->pUserDataList==NULL) pPlusData->pUserDataList=new SdrObjUserDataList;
         pPlusData->pUserDataList->InsertUserData(pData,nPos);
     } else {
-        OSL_FAIL("SdrObject::InsertUserData(): pData ist NULL-Pointer");
+        OSL_FAIL("SdrObject::InsertUserData(): pData is NULL pointer.");
     }
 }
 
@@ -2641,7 +2634,7 @@ void SdrObject::DeleteUserData(sal_uInt16 nNum)
             pPlusData->pUserDataList=NULL;
         }
     } else {
-        OSL_FAIL("SdrObject::DeleteUserData(): ungueltiger Index");
+        OSL_FAIL("SdrObject::DeleteUserData(): Invalid Index.");
     }
 }
 
@@ -2659,7 +2652,7 @@ void SdrObject::SendUserCall(SdrUserCallType eUserCall, const Rectangle& rBoundR
 
     while( pGroup )
     {
-        // Gruppe benachrichtigen
+        // broadcast to group
         if( pGroup->GetUserCall() )
         {
             SdrUserCallType eChildUserType = SDRUSERCALL_CHILD_CHGATTR;
@@ -2723,7 +2716,7 @@ void SdrObject::SendUserCall(SdrUserCallType eUserCall, const Rectangle& rBoundR
     }
 }
 
-// ItemPool fuer dieses Objekt wechseln
+// change ItemPool for this object
 void SdrObject::MigrateItemPool(SfxItemPool* pSrcPool, SfxItemPool* pDestPool, SdrModel* pNewModel)
 {
     if(pSrcPool && pDestPool && (pSrcPool != pDestPool))
@@ -2808,7 +2801,7 @@ void SdrObject::notifyShapePropertyChange( const ::svx::ShapeProperty _eProperty
 ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 //
 // transformation interface for StarOfficeAPI. This implements support for
-// homogen 3x3 matrices containing the transformation of the SdrObject. At the
+// homogeneous 3x3 matrices containing the transformation of the SdrObject. At the
 // moment it contains a shearX, rotation and translation, but for setting all linear
 // transforms like Scale, ShearX, ShearY, Rotate and Translate are supported.
 //
@@ -2841,7 +2834,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObject::TRGetBaseGeometry(basegfx::B2DHomMatrix& rMatrix, basegfx::B
         {
             case SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP :
             {
-                // postion
+                // position
                 aTranslate.setX(ImplTwipsToMM(aTranslate.getX()));
                 aTranslate.setY(ImplTwipsToMM(aTranslate.getY()));
 
@@ -2864,7 +2857,7 @@ sal_Bool SdrObject::TRGetBaseGeometry(basegfx::B2DHomMatrix& rMatrix, basegfx::B
     return sal_False;
 }
 
-// sets the base geometry of the object using infos contained in the homogen 3x3 matrix.
+// sets the base geometry of the object using infos contained in the homogeneous 3x3 matrix.
 // If it's an SdrPathObj it will use the provided geometry information. The Polygon has
 // to use (0,0) as upper left and will be scaled to the given size in the matrix.
 void SdrObject::TRSetBaseGeometry(const basegfx::B2DHomMatrix& rMatrix, const basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon& /*rPolyPolygon*/)
@@ -3039,7 +3032,7 @@ SdrObject* SdrObjFactory::MakeNewObject(sal_uInt32 nInvent, sal_uInt16 nIdent, S
 
     if(pObj == NULL)
     {
-        // Na wenn's denn keiner will ...
+        // Well, if no one wants it...
     }
 
     if(pObj != NULL)